Form 485BPOS GLENMEDE FUND INC
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2026
Registration Nos. 33-22884
811-05577
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM
| REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 | ☒ | |
| Pre-Effective Amendment No. | ☐ | |
| Post-Effective Amendment No. 131 | ☒ |
and
| REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 | ☒ |
Amendment No. 133
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
One Congress Street, Suite 1
Boston, MA 02114
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Registrant’s Telephone Number:
1-800-442-8299
Joshua M. Lindauer, Esq.
Secretary
Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
1177 Avenue of the Americas
41st Floor New York, New York 10036
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
| ☒ | immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) |
| ☐ | on ____________ pursuant to paragraph (b) |
| ☐ | 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) |
| ☐ | on ____________ pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) |
| ☐ | 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) |
| ☐ | on ____________ pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of rule 485. |
If appropriate, check the following box:
| ☐ | this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment. |
THE GLENMEDE FUND, INC.
Prospectus
Knollbrook Disciplined International Equity ETF (KDEV) (Nasdaq)
Knollbrook Global Secured Options ETF (KGSO) (Cboe)
Investment Advisor
Glenmede Investment Management LP
The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved the Portfolios’ securities or determined if this Prospectus is accurate or complete. It is a criminal offense to state otherwise.
| 1 |
Table of Contents
| 2 |
SUMMARY SECTION
Knollbrook Disciplined International Equity ETF
The Knollbrook Disciplined International Equity ETF (the “Portfolio”) seeks maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal.
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell shares of the Portfolio. You may pay brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries which are not reflected in the table and example below.
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment) | |
| Management Fees | |
| Distribution and Service (12b-1 Fees)1 | |
| Other Expenses2 | |
| Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses |
| 1 |
| 2 |
This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then hold or redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
| 1 Year | 3 Years |
| $ |
$ |
The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions,
when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction
costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual
portfolio operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio
securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. The Portfolio has not commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus,
but it is expected that on or about January 8, 2027 (the “Closing Date”), the Portfolio will acquire the assets
and assume the liabilities of the Glenmede Disciplined International Equity Portfolio (the “Predecessor Fund”) in a reorganization.
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the Predecessor Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was
| 3 |
significant portion of its revenues from business activities outside the United States, or maintains a significant portion of its assets outside the United States. Glenmede Investment Management LP (the “Advisor”) uses proprietary multi-factor computer models to select stocks and/or ADRs of foreign companies that the models identify as having reasonable prices, good fundamentals and rising earnings expectations. These computer models rank securities based on certain criteria, including valuation ratios, profitability and earnings-related measures, and material sustainability-related criteria. As sustainability-related information is just one investment criterion, sustainability-related considerations are generally not solely determinative in any investment decision made by the Advisor. The Portfolio may actively trade its securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.
Principal Investment Risks
All investments carry a certain amount of risk and
the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that the Advisor uses may fail
to produce the intended result. Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Portfolio,
regardless of the order in which it appears. Different risks may be more significant at different times depending on market conditions
and other factors.
The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away and are comfortable with the risks of investing in foreign securities. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals or are mainly seeking current income.
Absence of Active Market: Although the shares are currently listed for trading on the Listing Exchange, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such shares will develop or be maintained by market makers or Authorized Participants (“APs”). APs are not obligated to execute purchase or redemption orders for Creation Units. In periods of market volatility, market makers and/or APs may be less willing to transact in shares. The absence of an active market for a Portfolio’s shares may contribute to the Portfolio’s shares trading at a premium or discount to net asset value (“NAV”). The Portfolio’s shares may be listed or traded on exchanges or markets other than the Listing Exchange (where the Portfolio’s primary listing is maintained), and may otherwise be made available to non-U.S. investors through funds or structured investment vehicles similar to depositary receipts. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio’s shares will continue to trade on any such stock exchange or in any market or that the Portfolio’s shares will continue to meet the requirements for listing or trading on any exchange or in any market, including the Listing Exchange. The Portfolio’s shares may be less actively traded in certain markets than in others, and investors are subject to the execution and settlement risks and market standards of the market where they or their broker-dealer direct their trades for execution.
Shares May Trade at Prices Other than NAV: There can be no assurance as to the price at which, or volume in which, it may at any time be possible to buy or sell shares of the Portfolio in the public trading market. Although shares are listed for trading on Nasdaq, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such shares will develop or be maintained. Although it is expected that the market price of the shares will approximate the Portfolio’s NAV when purchased and sold in the secondary market, the Portfolio faces numerous market trading risks, including the potential lack of an active market for shares, disruptions in the securities markets in which the Portfolio invests, periods of high market volatility and disruptions in the creation/redemption process. Any of these may lead to times when the market price of the shares is more than the NAV intra-day (premium) or less than the NAV intra-day (discount).
Authorized Participants Risk: The Portfolio has entered into AP agreements with only a limited number of institutions. Should these APs cease to act as such or, for any reason, be unable to create or redeem shares and new APs are not appointed in their place, shares may trade at a discount to the Portfolio’s NAV and possibly face delisting.
Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio may underperform other types of securities. Market risks, including political, regulatory, market, economic and social developments, and developments that impact specific economic sectors, industries or segments of the market, can
| 4 |
affect the value of the Portfolio’s investments. Natural disasters, climate change, public health emergencies (including pandemics and epidemics), war, military conflict, terrorism, tariffs, cybersecurity incidents and other unforeseeable global events may lead to instability in world economies and markets, may lead to market volatility, and may have adverse long-term effects. The Portfolio cannot predict the effects of such unforeseeable events in the future on the economy, the markets or the Portfolio’s investments.
Frequent Trading Risk: A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the Portfolio paying higher transaction costs and the distribution of additional capital gains, which may generate greater tax liabilities for shareholders who hold the shares in taxable accounts. Increased transaction costs and distributions of capital gains may negatively affect the Portfolio’s performance.
Investment Style Risk: The Portfolio invests in securities with strong earnings growth prospects that the Advisor believes are reasonably priced. There is no guarantee that the prices of these securities will not move even lower.
ADR/Foreign Investment Risk: The Portfolio intends to invest in foreign securities directly and/or in the form of sponsored or unsponsored ADRs, which are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company and listed on a U.S. stock exchange. The Portfolio is subject to additional risks due to its foreign investments. Foreign stocks involve special risks not typically associated with U.S. stocks. Foreign investments may be riskier than U.S. investments because of factors such as foreign government restrictions, changes in currency exchange rates, incomplete financial information about the issuers of securities, and political or economic instability, including military hostilities and related sanctions that impact trade and commodity prices, such as armed conflict in Europe and in the Middle East. Foreign stocks may be more volatile and less liquid than U.S. stocks. Investments in ADRs involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities.
Liquidity Risk: The possibility that investments cannot be readily sold within seven calendar days at approximately the price at which the Portfolio has valued them.
Value Style Risk: Although the Portfolio invests in stocks the Advisor believes to be reasonably priced, there is no guarantee that the prices of these stocks will not move even lower. In addition, the value investment style can shift into and out of favor with investors, depending on market and economic conditions. As a result, the Portfolio may at times outperform or underperform other funds that invest more broadly or employ a different investment style.
Large Shareholder and Large-Scale Redemption Risk: Certain shareholders, including an AP, a third-party investor, the Portfolio’s Advisor, a market maker, or another entity, may from time to time own or manage a substantial amount of Portfolio shares, or may invest in the Portfolio and hold their investment for a limited period of time. There can be no assurance that any large shareholder or large group of shareholders would not redeem their investment.
Redemptions of a large number of Portfolio shares could require the Portfolio to dispose of assets to meet the redemption requests, which can accelerate the realization of taxable income and/or capital gains and cause the Portfolio to make taxable distributions to its shareholders earlier than the Portfolio otherwise would have. In addition, under certain circumstances, non-redeeming shareholders may be treated as receiving a disproportionately large taxable distribution during or with respect to such year. In some circumstances, the Portfolio may hold a relatively large proportion of its assets in cash in anticipation of large redemptions, diluting its investment returns. To the extent the Portfolio permits redemptions in cash, these large redemptions may also force the Portfolio to sell portfolio securities when it might not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Portfolio’s NAV, increase the Portfolio’s brokerage costs and/or have a material effect on the market price of the Portfolio shares.
Stock Selection Model Risk. The Portfolio’s investment process relies on proprietary multi-factor computer models to evaluate and rank securities and assist in portfolio construction. There can be no assurance that the models will successfully identify attractive investment opportunities or achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective. The models may be based on factors, assumptions or data that prove to be inaccurate, incomplete or ineffective. In addition, errors in model design, coding, implementation or data inputs may adversely affect investment decisions. As a result, securities selected using the models may underperform the market, the Portfolio’s benchmark or securities selected using other investment approaches.
| 5 |
The Portfolio has not commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus. The returns presented for the Portfolio reflect the performance of the Predecessor Fund. It is anticipated that on or about the Closing Date, the Portfolio will acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of the Predecessor Fund in a tax-free reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes (the “Predecessor Fund Reorganization”). As a result of the Predecessor Fund Reorganization, the Portfolio will adopt the performance and financial history of the Predecessor Fund.
During the periods shown in the bar chart, the
Past 1 Year | Past 5 Years | Past 10 Years | |
| Return Before Taxes | |||
| Return After Taxes on Distributions | |||
| Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares | |||
| MSCI World ex-USA Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) | |||
| Morningstar Foreign Large Value Average1 |
| 1 |
| 6 |
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisor
Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.
The Advisor has retained Tidal Investments LLC (the “Sub-Advisor”), which is responsible for trading portfolio securities for the Portfolio, including creation and/or redemption basket processing and selecting broker-dealers to execute purchase and sale transactions in connection with any rebalancing of the Portfolio. The Sub-Advisor does not select securities for the Portfolio.
Portfolio Managers
The Portfolio is managed by Vladimir de Vassal, CFA, Director of Quantitative Research, Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA, Portfolio Manager, Paul T. Sullivan, CFA, Portfolio Manager, and Ruohao Chen, CFA, of the Advisor. They have managed the Portfolio since its inception in January, 2027.
Tax Information
Fund distributions are generally taxable as ordinary income, qualified dividend income, or capital gains (or a combination), unless your investment is made through an IRA or other tax-advantaged account. Distributions on investments made through tax deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of assets from those accounts.
Purchase and Sale of Portfolio Shares
Portfolio shares are listed on a national securities exchange, Nasdaq, and investors can only buy and sell shares through brokers or dealers at market prices, rather than NAV. Because shares trade at market prices rather than NAV, shares may trade at a price greater than NAV (premium) or less than NAV (discount). An investor may incur costs attributable to the difference between the highest price a buyer is willing to pay to purchase shares (bid) and the lowest price a seller is willing to accept for shares (ask) when buying or selling shares in the secondary market (the “bid-ask spread”). As the Portfolio has not commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus, median bid-ask spread for the Portfolio cannot be provided. Once available, information on the Portfolio’s NAV, market price, premiums and discounts, and bid-ask spreads will be provided at www.glenmedeim.com.
The Portfolio issues and redeems shares at NAV only in large blocks known as “Creation Units,” which only APs (typically, broker-dealers) may purchase or redeem. Creation Units generally consist of 10,000 shares, though this may change from time to time. The Portfolio generally issues and redeems Creation Units in exchange for a portfolio of securities closely approximating the holdings of the Portfolio (the “Deposit Securities”) and/or a designated amount of U.S. cash.
Financial Intermediary Compensation
If you purchase shares of the Portfolio through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Portfolio and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Portfolio shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
| 7 |
Knollbrook Global Secured Options ETF
Knollbrook Global Secured Options ETF (the “Portfolio”) seeks long-term capital appreciation and option premiums consistent with reasonable risk to principal.
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell shares of the Portfolio. You may pay brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries which are not reflected in the table and example below.
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment) | |
| Management Fees | |
| Distribution and Service (12b-1 Fees)1 | |
| Other Expenses2 | |
| Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses3 | |
| Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses |
| 1 |
| 2 |
| 3 |
This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio’s shares with the cost of investing in other funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then hold or redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
| 1 Year | 3 Years |
| $ |
$ |
The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions,
when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction
costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual
portfolio operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Portfolio’s performance. The Portfolio may actively trade portfolio
securities to achieve its principal investment strategies. The Portfolio has not commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus,
but it is expected that on or about January 8, 2027 (the “Closing Date”), the Portfolio will acquire the assets
and assume the liabilities of the Glenmede Global Secured Options Portfolio (the “Predecessor Fund”) in a reorganization.
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the Predecessor Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was
Under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio uses option writing strategies in an effort to obtain option premiums and reduce risk. The Portfolio will implement buy-write (covered call) and/or cash-secured put option strategies on U.S. or foreign stock index exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), U.S. or foreign stock indices and/or individual U.S. or foreign stocks held by the Portfolio. Covered call and cash-secured put options are intended to reduce volatility, earn option premiums and provide more stable returns. Selling call options reduces the risk of owning stocks by the receipt of the option premiums and selling put options reduces the purchase price of the underlying stock, but both strategies
| 8 |
limit the opportunity to profit from an increase
in the market value of the underlying security in exchange for up-front cash at the time of selling the call or put option.
Other coverage methods include 1) covering the notional value with cash or cash equivalents, 2) using call spreads or put spreads, 3) owning the underlying U.S. or foreign security, index, or ETF, 4) holding an offsetting option, 5) holding other liquid assets equal to at least the full value of the option or its exercise price, or 6) using a mix of several equity securities to achieve broad-based global exposure.
To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are not only subject to cash-secured puts or calls on stock index covered by stock index ETFs, the Portfolio intends to invest in a diversified portfolio of U.S. or foreign equity securities of companies based in at least three different countries, other than the United States, with generally similar risk and return characteristics as the MSCI All Country World Index (“MSCI ACWI Index”). The Portfolio may invest in companies with small, medium or large market capitalizations in developed, developing or emerging markets in advancement of its investment objective. The Portfolio intends to invest in foreign securities in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) which are securities issued by a U.S. bank that represent interests in foreign equity securities listed on a U.S. stock exchange. The Portfolio may also buy call and put options on U.S. or foreign stock index ETFs, U.S. or foreign stock indices or individual U.S. or foreign stocks.
Principal Investment Risks
All investments carry a certain amount of risk and
the Portfolio cannot guarantee that it will achieve its investment objective. In addition, the strategies that Glenmede Investment
Management LP (the “Advisor”) uses may fail to produce the intended result. Each risk summarized below
is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Portfolio, regardless of the order in which it appears. Different risks
may be more significant at different times depending on market conditions and other factors.
The Portfolio may be appropriate for you if you are investing for goals several years away and are comfortable with stock market and foreign securities risks. The Portfolio would not be appropriate for you if you are investing for short-term goals or are mainly seeking current income.
Absence of Active Market: Although the shares are currently listed for trading on the Listing Exchange, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such shares will develop or be maintained by market makers or Authorized Participants (“APs”). APs are not obligated to execute purchase or redemption orders for Creation Units. In periods of market volatility, market makers and/or APs may be less willing to transact in shares. The
| 9 |
absence of an active market for a Portfolio’s shares may contribute to the Portfolio’s shares trading at a premium or discount to net asset value (“NAV”). The Portfolio’s shares may be listed or traded on exchanges or markets other than the Listing Exchange (where the Portfolio’s primary listing is maintained), and may otherwise be made available to non-U.S. investors through funds or structured investment vehicles similar to depositary receipts. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio’s shares will continue to trade on any such stock exchange or in any market or that the Portfolio’s shares will continue to meet the requirements for listing or trading on any exchange or in any market, including the Listing Exchange. The Portfolio’s shares may be less actively traded in certain markets than in others, and investors are subject to the execution and settlement risks and market standards of the market where they or their broker-dealer direct their trades for execution.
Shares May Trade at Prices Other than NAV: There can be no assurance as to the price at which, or volume in which, it may at any time be possible to buy or sell Portfolio shares in the public trading market. Although the shares are listed for trading on Cboe, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such shares will develop or be maintained. Although it is expected that the market price of the shares will approximate the Portfolio’s NAV when purchased and sold in the secondary market, the Portfolio faces numerous market trading risks, including the potential lack of an active market for shares, disruptions in the securities markets in which the Portfolio invests, periods of high market volatility and disruptions in the creation/redemption process. Any of these may lead to times when the market price of the shares is more than the NAV intra-day (premium) or less than the NAV intra-day (discount).
Authorized Participants Risk: The Portfolio has entered into AP agreements with only a limited number of institutions. Should these APs cease to act as such or, for any reason, be unable to create or redeem shares and new APs are not appointed in their place, shares may trade at a discount to the Portfolio’s NAV and possibly face delisting.
Cash Transactions Risk: Unlike certain ETFs, the Portfolio may effect its redemptions partially for cash, rather than primarily for in-kind securities. As such, investments in shares may be less tax-efficient than an investment in a conventional ETF which generally are able to make in-kind redemptions and avoid realizing gains in connection with transactions designed to raise cash to meet redemption requests.
Market Risk: Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical: there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, the Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by the Portfolio may underperform other types of securities. Market risks, including political, regulatory, market, economic and social developments, and developments that impact specific economic sectors, industries or segments of the market, can affect the value of the Portfolio’s investments. Natural disasters, climate change, public health emergencies (including pandemics and epidemics), war, military conflict, terrorism, tariffs, cybersecurity incidents and other unforeseeable global events may lead to instability in world economies and markets, may lead to market volatility, and may have adverse long-term effects. The Portfolio cannot predict the effects of such unforeseeable events in the future on the economy, the markets or the Portfolio’s investments.
Options Risk: Writing and purchasing call and put options are highly specialized activities and entail greater than ordinary investment risks. The successful use of options depends in part on the future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and the securities markets. The value of the Portfolio’s positions in options fluctuates in response to changes in the value of the underlying security, index, or stock index ETF, as applicable. The Portfolio also risks losing all or part of the cash paid for purchasing call and put options. Unusual market conditions or the lack of a ready market for any particular option at a specific time may reduce the effectiveness of the Portfolio’s option strategies, and for these and other reasons the Portfolio’s option strategies may not reduce the Portfolio’s volatility to the extent desired. The Portfolio may reduce its holdings of put options resulting in an increased exposure to a market decline.
FLEX Options Risk: The Portfolio may invest in FLEX Options issued and guaranteed for settlement by the OCC. The Portfolio bears the risk that the OCC will be unable or unwilling to perform its obligations under the FLEX Options contracts. Additionally, FLEX Options may be illiquid, and in such cases, the Portfolio may have difficulty closing out certain FLEX Options positions at desired times and prices.
| 10 |
Frequent Trading Risk: A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly high transaction costs, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance over time. High portfolio turnover may also result in the Portfolio paying higher transaction costs and the distribution of additional capital gains, which may generate greater tax liabilities for shareholders who hold the shares in taxable accounts. Increased transaction costs and distributions of capital gains may negatively affect the Portfolio’s performance.
ADR/Foreign Investment Risk: The Portfolio intends to invest in foreign securities in the form of ADRs, which are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company and listed on a U.S. stock exchange. Investments in ADRs involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities. The Portfolio is subject to additional risks due to its foreign investments. Foreign stocks involve special risks not typically associated with U.S. stocks. Foreign investments may be riskier than U.S. investments because of factors such as foreign government restrictions, changes in currency exchange rates, incomplete financial information about the issuers of securities, and political or economic instability, including military hostilities and related sanctions that impact trade and commodity prices, such as armed conflict in Europe and in the Middle East. Foreign stocks may be more volatile and less liquid than U.S. stocks.
Emerging Markets Risk: The risks associated with foreign investments are heightened when investing in emerging markets. The governments and economies of emerging market countries feature greater instability than those of more developed countries. Such investments tend to fluctuate in price more widely and to be less liquid than other foreign investments.
Large Shareholder and Large-Scale Redemption Risk: Certain shareholders, including an AP, a third-party investor, the Portfolio’s Advisor, a market maker, or another entity, may from time to time own or manage a substantial amount of Portfolio shares, or may invest in the Portfolio and hold their investment for a limited period of time. There can be no assurance that any large shareholder or large group of shareholders would not redeem their investment.
Redemptions of a large number of Portfolio shares could require the Portfolio to dispose of assets to meet the redemption requests, which can accelerate the realization of taxable income and/or capital gains and cause the Portfolio to make taxable distributions to its shareholders earlier than the Portfolio otherwise would have. In addition, under certain circumstances, non-redeeming shareholders may be treated as receiving a disproportionately large taxable distribution during or with respect to such year. In some circumstances, the Portfolio may hold a relatively large proportion of its assets in cash in anticipation of large redemptions, diluting its investment returns. To the extent the Portfolio permits redemptions in cash, these large redemptions may also force the Portfolio to sell portfolio securities when it might not otherwise do so, which may negatively impact the Portfolio’s NAV, increase the Portfolio’s brokerage costs and/or have a material effect on the market price of the Portfolio shares.
Exchange-Traded Funds: The Portfolio intends to invest in ETFs that seek to track the performance of foreign securities indices. Shares of ETFs have many of the same risks as direct investments in the underlying securities they are designed to track, although the lack of liquidity may make ETFs more volatile. ETFs have investment management fees and other expenses which will be indirectly paid by the Portfolio. The existence of extreme market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for an ETF’s shares could result in such shares trading at a significant premium or discount to net asset value.
The Portfolio has not commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus. The returns presented for the Portfolio reflect the performance of the Predecessor Fund. It is anticipated that on or about the Closing Date, the Portfolio will acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of the Predecessor Fund in a tax-free reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes (the “Predecessor Fund Reorganization”). As a result of the Predecessor Fund Reorganization, the Portfolio will adopt the performance and financial history of the Predecessor Fund.
| 11 |
During the periods shown in the bar chart, the
Past 1 Year | Past 5 Years | Past 10 Years | |
| Return Before Taxes | |||
| Return After Taxes on Distributions | |||
| Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares1 | |||
| MSCI ACWI Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
| 1 |
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisor
Glenmede Investment Management LP serves as investment advisor to the Portfolio.
The Advisor has retained Tidal Investments LLC (the “Sub-Advisor”), which is responsible for trading portfolio securities for the Portfolio, including creation and/or redemption basket processing and selecting broker-dealers to execute purchase and sale transactions in connection with any rebalancing of the Portfolio. The Sub-Advisor does not select securities for the Portfolio.
| 12 |
Portfolio Managers
Sean Heron, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, has managed the Portfolio since its inception in January, 2027.
Tax Information
Fund distributions are generally taxable as ordinary income, qualified dividend income, or capital gains (or a combination), unless your investment is made through an IRA or other tax-advantaged account. Distributions on investments made through tax deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of assets from those accounts.
Purchase and Sale of Portfolio Shares
Portfolio shares are listed on a national securities exchange, Cboe, and investors can only buy and sell shares through brokers or dealers at market prices, rather than NAV. Because shares trade at market prices rather than NAV, shares may trade at a price greater than NAV (premium) or less than NAV (discount). An investor may incur costs attributable to the difference between the highest price a buyer is willing to pay to purchase shares (bid) and the lowest price a seller is willing to accept for shares (ask) when buying or selling shares in the secondary market (the “bid-ask spread”). As the Portfolio has not commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus, median bid-ask spread for the Portfolio cannot be provided. Once available, information on the Portfolio’s NAV, market price, premiums and discounts, and bid-ask spreads will be provided at www.glenmedeim.com.
The Portfolio issues and redeems shares at NAV only in large blocks known as “Creation Units,” which only APs (typically, broker-dealers) may purchase or redeem. Creation Units generally consist of 10,000 shares, though this may change from time to time. The Portfolio generally issues and redeems Creation Units in exchange for a portfolio of securities closely approximating the holdings of the Portfolio (the “Deposit Securities”) and/or a designated amount of U.S. cash.
Financial Intermediary Compensation
If you purchase shares of the Portfolio through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Portfolio and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Portfolio shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT INVESTMENTS
Objective, Principal Strategies and Risks
To help you decide which Portfolio is appropriate for you, this section looks more closely at each of the Portfolios’ investment objectives, policies and risks. You should carefully consider your own investment goals, time horizon and risk tolerance before investing in a Portfolio.
Each Portfolio’s investment objectives and strategies may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.
Each Portfolio may, from time to time, take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic, political, or other conditions. Such investments may include, for example, cash, various short-term instruments, such as money market securities (including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits), U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements. U.S. Government securities include a variety of securities issued by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. Government-related entities. While certain U.S. Government-related entities (such as the Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation) may be chartered or sponsored by Acts of Congress, their securities are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. To the extent that a Portfolio employs a temporary defensive investment strategy, it may not achieve its investment objective. A defensive position, taken at the wrong time, would have an adverse impact on that Portfolio’s performance.
| 13 |
Knollbrook Disciplined International Equity ETF (“Disciplined International Equity ETF”)
The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective to provide maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk to principal by investing, under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities of foreign companies, directly and/or through ADRs, which are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company. Under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio will invest directly and/or through ADRs, in companies based in at least three countries other than the United States.
Knollbrook Global Secured Options ETF (“Global Secured Options ETF”)
The Advisor attempts to achieve the Portfolio’s objective of long-term capital appreciation and option premiums consistent with reasonable risk to principal by using option writing strategies in an effort to obtain option premiums and reduce risk. Under normal market circumstances, at least 80% of the value of the Portfolio’s net assets (including borrowings for investment purposes) will be subject to secured option strategies, which are written covered call and/or secured put options. This is a non-fundamental policy that can be changed by the Portfolio upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. Under normal market circumstances, the Portfolio will write covered call and/or secured put options on U.S. or foreign stock index ETFs, U.S. or foreign stock indices and/or individual U.S. or foreign stocks in at least three different countries, other than the United States, and will invest at least 40% of its net assets outside of the U.S. To the extent that the Portfolio’s assets are only subject to covered calls on a U.S. or foreign stock index, the Portfolio may hold U.S. or foreign stock index ETFs instead of individual U.S. or foreign stocks that replicate the movement of the U.S. or foreign index, in addition to the other permitted coverage methods.
Principal Investment Risks
Authorized Participants Risk (All Portfolios)
Only an AP that has entered into an agreement with a Portfolio’s distributor, Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”) may engage in creation or redemption transactions directly with the Portfolios, and none of those APs are obligated to engage in creation and/or redemption transactions. The Portfolios have entered into AP agreements with only a limited number of institutions. Should these APs cease to act as such or for any reason be unable to create or redeem shares and new APs not appointed in their place, shares may trade at a discount to that Portfolio’s NAV and possibly face trading halts or delisting.
Cash Transactions Risk (Global Secured Options ETF)
Unlike certain ETFs, the Portfolio may effect its creations and redemptions in cash or partially in cash. As a result, an investment in the Portfolio may be less tax-efficient than an investment in such ETFs. Other ETFs generally are able to make in-kind redemptions and avoid realizing gains in connection with transactions designed to raise cash to meet redemption requests. If the Portfolio effects a portion of redemptions for cash, it may be required to sell portfolio securities in order to obtain the cash needed to distribute redemption proceeds, which also involves transaction costs. If the Portfolio recognizes gain on these sales, this generally will cause the Portfolio to recognize gain it might not otherwise have recognized if it were to distribute portfolio securities in-kind, or to recognize such gain sooner than would otherwise be required. The Portfolio generally intends to distribute these gains to shareholders to avoid being taxed on this gain at the Portfolio level and otherwise comply with the special tax rules that apply to it. This strategy may cause shareholders to be subject to tax on gains they would not otherwise be subject to, or at an earlier date than, if they had made an investment in a different ETF.
Issuer Risk (All Portfolios)
The value of a security may decline for reasons directly related to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods or services, as well as the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer and the value of its assets. A change in the financial condition of a single issuer may affect securities markets as a whole.
| 14 |
Shares May Trade at Prices Other than NAV (All Portfolios)
As with all ETFs, shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of the shares will approximate each Portfolio’s NAV when purchased and sold in the secondary market, there may be times when the market price of the shares is more than the NAV intra-day (premium) or less than the NAV intra-day (discount). This risk is heightened in times of market volatility or periods of steep market declines. The market price of each Portfolio’s shares on an exchange during the trading day, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid/ask” spread charged by the exchange specialist, market makers or other participants that trade the Portfolios’ shares. In times of severe market disruption, the bid/ask spread can increase significantly. At those times, shares are most likely to be traded at a discount to NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest when the price of shares is falling fastest, which may be the time that you most want to sell your shares. The Advisor believes that, under normal market conditions, large market price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of arbitrage opportunities.
Where all or a portion of underlying ETF securities trade in a market that is closed when the market in which the ETF’s shares are listed and trading is open, there may be changes between the last quote from the closed foreign market and the value of such security during the ETF’s domestic trading day. This in turn could lead to differences between the market price of the ETF shares and the underlying value of those shares.
An ETF has a limited number of intermediaries that act as APs, and none of these APs are or will be obligated to engage in creation or redemption transactions. To the extent that these intermediaries exit the business or are unable to or choose not to proceed with creation and/or redemption orders with respect to each Portfolio and no other AP is able and willing to create or redeem, shares may trade at a discount to NAV and possibly face trading halts and/or delisting. Additionally, while Portfolio shares are listed for trading on an exchange, there can be no assurance that active trading markets for Portfolio shares will be maintained by market makers or APs.
Decisions by market makers or APs to reduce their role or “step away” from these activities in times of market stress may inhibit the effectiveness of the creation/redemption process in maintaining the relationship between the underlying value of each Portfolio’s holdings and each Portfolio’s NAV. Such reduced effectiveness could result in each Portfolio’s shares trading at a discount to its NAV and also in greater than normal intraday bid/ask spreads for the Portfolios’ shares.
Trading Risk (All Portfolios)
Although shares are listed for trading on either Nasdaq or Cboe (collectively, the “Listing Exchanges”) and may be listed or traded on U.S. and non-U.S. stock exchanges other than the Listing Exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such shares will develop or be maintained. Trading in shares may be halted due to market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Listing Exchanges, make trading in shares inadvisable. In addition, trading in shares on the Listing Exchanges is subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to Listing Exchanges “circuit breaker” rules. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Listing Exchanges necessary to maintain the listing of each Portfolio will continue to be met or will remain unchanged or that shares will trade with any volume, or at all, on any stock exchange.
Secondary Market Trading Risk (All Portfolios)
Shares of the Portfolios trade on the Listing Exchanges and face numerous trading risks, including the potential lack of an active market for shares, losses from trading in secondary markets, periods of high volatility and disruptions in the creation/redemption process. Any of these factors, among others, may lead to the shares trading at a premium or discount to NAV.
| • | Absence of Active Market: although the shares are currently listed for trading on the Listing Exchanges, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such shares will develop or be maintained by market makers or APs. APs are not obligated to execute purchase or redemption orders for Creation Units. In periods of market volatility, market makers and/or APs may be less willing to transact in shares. The absence of an active market for a Portfolio’s shares may contribute to a Portfolio’s shares trading at a premium or discount to NAV. |
| 15 |
A Portfolio’s shares may be listed or traded on exchanges or markets other than the Listing Exchanges (where the Portfolio’s primary listing is maintained) and may otherwise be made available to non-U.S. investors through funds or structured investment vehicles similar to depositary receipts. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio’s shares will continue to trade on any such stock exchange or in any market or that a Portfolio’s shares will continue to meet the requirements for listing or trading on any exchange or in any market, including the Listing Exchanges. A Portfolio’s shares may be less actively traded in certain markets than in others, and investors are subject to the execution and settlement risks and market standards of the market where they or their broker-dealer direct their trades for execution.
| • | Early Close/Trading Halt/Delisting Risk: trading in Portfolio shares may be halted due to market conditions or for other reasons that, in the view of the Listing Exchanges, make trading in shares of a Portfolio inadvisable. Additionally, an exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on specific securities, or the ability to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments may be restricted, which may result in a Portfolio being unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments. In such circumstances, the Portfolio may be unable to rebalance its portfolio, may be unable to accurately price its investments and/or may incur substantial trading losses. Each Portfolio must satisfy various standards established by the Exchange in order to ensure that Portfolio shares can continue to be listed for trading. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Listing Exchanges necessary to maintain the listing of the Portfolios will continue to be met. |
| • | Trading in Portfolio Shares is Subject to Expenses: most Portfolio investors will buy and sell Portfolio shares on the Listing Exchanges or on another secondary market. When buying or selling shares of a Portfolio, investors typically will pay brokerage commissions or other charges imposed by brokers as determined by that broker. In addition, secondary market investors will also incur the cost of the difference between the price that a buyer is willing to pay for shares (the “bid” price) and the price at which a seller is willing to sell shares (the “ask” price). This difference in bid and ask prices is often referred to as the “spread” or “bid/ask spread.” The spread varies over time for shares of the Portfolio based on trading volume and market liquidity and is generally narrower if the Portfolio has more trading volume and market liquidity and is wider if the Portfolio has less trading volume and market liquidity. In addition, increased market volatility may cause increased spreads. There may also be regulatory and other charges that are incurred as a result of trading Portfolio shares. |
| • | Portfolio Shares may be Sold Short: shares of a Portfolio, similar to shares of other issuers listed on a stock exchange, may be sold short and are therefore subject to the risk of increased volatility and price decreases associated with short selling activity. |
Market Risk (All Portfolios)
Stocks may decline over short or even extended periods of time. Equity markets tend to be cyclical, there are times when stock prices generally increase, and other times when they generally decrease. In addition, each Portfolio is subject to the additional risk that the particular types of stocks held by each Portfolio may underperform other types of securities. Market risks, including political, regulatory, market, economic and social developments, and developments that impact specific sectors, industries or segments of the market, can affect the value of the Portfolios’ investments. Natural disasters, climate change, public health emergencies (including pandemics and epidemics), war, military conflict, terrorism, tariffs, cybersecurity incidents and other unforeseeable global events may lead to instability in world economies and markets, may lead to market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects. Periods of unusually high financial market volatility and restrictive credit conditions, at times limited to a particular sector or geographic area, have occurred in the past and may be expected to recur in the future. Some countries, including the United States, have adopted or have signaled protectionist trade measures, relaxation of the financial industry regulations that followed the financial crisis, and/or reductions to corporate taxes. The scope of these policy changes is still developing, but the equity and debt markets may react strongly to expectations of change, which could increase volatility, particularly if a resulting policy runs counter to the market’s expectations. The Portfolios cannot predict the effects of such unforeseeable events in the future on the economy, the markets or the Portfolios’ investments.
| 16 |
Deteriorating market conditions can cause a general weakness in the market that reduces the prices of securities in the market. To the extent that each Portfolio emphasizes issuers from any given industry or sector, it could be hurt if that industry or sector does not do well. Additionally, each Portfolio could lose value if the individual stocks in which it holds positions and/or the overall stock markets on which the stocks trade decline in price. Stocks and stock markets may experience short-term volatility (fluctuations in price) as well as extended periods of price decline or increase. Individual stocks are impacted by many factors, including corporate earnings, production, management, sales, and market trends, including investor demand for a particular type of stock, such as growth or value stocks, small or large capitalization stocks, or stocks within a particular industry.
Certain areas of the world may be exposed to adverse weather conditions, such as major natural disasters and other extreme weather events, including hurricanes, earthquakes, typhoons, floods, tidal waves, tsunamis, volcanic eruptions, wildfires, droughts, windstorms, coastal storm surges, heat waves, and rising sea levels, among others. Some countries and regions may not have the infrastructure or resources to respond to natural disasters, making them more economically sensitive to environmental events. Such disasters, and the resulting damage, could have a severe and negative impact on each Portfolio’s investments and, in the longer term, could impair the ability of issuers in which each Portfolio invests to conduct their businesses in the manner normally conducted. Adverse weather conditions also may have a particularly significant negative effect on issuers in the agricultural sector and on insurance companies that insure against the impact of natural disasters. Climate change, which is the result of a change in global or regional climate patterns, may increase the frequency and intensity of such adverse weather conditions, resulting in increased economic impact, and may pose long-term risks to the Portfolios’ investments. The future impact of climate change is difficult to predict but may include changes in demand for certain goods and services, supply chain disruption, changes in production costs, increased legislation, regulation, international accords and compliance-related costs, changes in property and security values, availability of natural resources and displacement of peoples. Legal, technological, political and scientific developments regarding climate change may create new opportunities or risks for issuers in which each Portfolio invests. These developments may create demand for new products or services, including, but not limited to, increased demand for goods that result in lower emissions, increased demand for generation and transmission of energy from alternative energy sources and increased competition to develop innovative new products and technologies. These developments may also decrease demand for existing products or services, including, but not limited to, decreased demand for goods that produce significant greenhouse gas emissions and decreased demand for services related to carbon based energy sources, such as drilling services or equipment maintenance services.
Advancements in technology may also adversely impact markets and the overall performance of each Portfolio. For instance, the economy may be significantly impacted by the advanced development and increased regulation of artificial intelligence. As the use of technology grows, liquidity and market movements may be affected. As artificial intelligence is used more widely, the profitability and growth of each Portfolio’s holdings may be impacted, which could significantly impact the overall performance of each Portfolio. The legal and regulatory frameworks within which artificial intelligence technologies operate continue to rapidly evolve, and it is not possible to predict the full extent of current or future risks related thereto.
Frequent Trading Risk (All Portfolios)
Each Portfolio may engage in active and frequent trading of portfolio securities to achieve its investment objective. A high rate of portfolio turnover may result in greater transaction costs, which may reduce the Portfolios’ performance. The sale of securities from the Portfolios may also result in greater realization and/or distribution to shareholders of gains or losses as compared to a fund with less active trading, which may include short-term gains taxable at ordinary income rates.
Investment Style Risk (Disciplined International Equity ETF)
Value Style : The Portfolio invests in stocks that the Advisor believes are reasonably priced, although there is no guarantee that the prices of these stocks will not move lower after purchase by the Portfolio. If the Advisor’s assessment of a company’s quality or intrinsic value, earnings potential, or market conditions is inaccurate, the Portfolio could suffer losses or produce poor performance relative to other funds. In addition, the stocks of quality companies can continue to be undervalued by the market for long periods of time. The value investment style can also shift into and out of favor with investors, depending on market and economic conditions. As a result, the Portfolio may at times outperform or underperform other funds that invest more broadly or employ a different investment style.
| 17 |
Stock Selection Model Risk (Disciplined International Equity ETF).
The Portfolio’s investment process relies on proprietary multi-factor computer models to evaluate and rank securities and assist in portfolio construction. There can be no assurance that the models will successfully identify attractive investment opportunities or achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective. The effectiveness of the models depends on a variety of factors, including the factors selected, the weighting assigned to those factors, the accuracy and availability of data, and the Advisor’s implementation of the models. Market conditions may change in ways that are not anticipated by the models, and factors that historically influenced investment returns may not perform as expected in the future. In addition, errors in model design, coding, assumptions, calculations, or data inputs may adversely affect investment decisions. As a result, securities selected using the models may underperform the market, the Portfolio’s benchmark, or securities selected using other investment approaches, and the Portfolio may experience losses.
Foreign Securities (All Portfolios)
The Disciplined International Equity ETF may invest in equity securities of foreign companies directly and/or through ADRs. The Global Secured Options ETF may invest in ADRs.
ADRs involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investment in foreign securities. The Global Secured Options ETF may purchase securities in any foreign country, developed or underdeveloped. There are substantial risks involved in investing in foreign securities. These risks include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, generally higher commission rates on foreign transactions, the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, political instability, and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. The dividends payable on each Portfolio’s foreign portfolio securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, thus reducing the income available for distribution to the Portfolios’ shareholders. Foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and, therefore, may exhibit greater price volatility. Changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the value of those securities in each Portfolio which are denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In many countries there is less publicly available information about issuers than is available in reports about companies in the United States.
Brokerage commissions, custodial services, and other costs relating to investment in foreign securities markets are generally more expensive than in the United States. Foreign securities markets have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Delays in settlement could prevent each Portfolio from investing the proceeds of the sale. Inability to dispose of portfolio securities due to settlement problems could expose a Portfolio to losses due either to subsequent declines in the value of the portfolio security or, if the security has been sold, to claims by the purchaser.
Investing in foreign securities includes the risk of possible losses through the holding of securities in domestic and foreign custodian banks and depositories. Additionally, many countries are dependent on a healthy U.S. economy and are adversely affected when the U.S. economy weakens or its markets decline. In addition, the risks of loss and volatility have increased over the past few years and may continue because of high levels of debt and other economic distress in various countries.
International war or conflicts (including armed conflict in Europe and the Middle East) and geopolitical events in foreign countries, along with instability in regions such as Asia, Eastern Europe and the Middle East, possible terrorist attacks in the United States or around the world, and other similar events could adversely affect the U.S. and foreign financial markets. As a result, whether the Portfolios invest in securities located in or with significant exposure to the countries directly affected, the value and liquidity of the Portfolios’ investments may be negatively impacted. Further, due to closures of certain markets and restrictions on trading certain securities, the value of certain securities held by the Portfolios could be significantly impacted.
Emerging Market Investments (Global Secured Options ETF)
The Global Secured Options ETF may also purchase securities in developing or emerging markets. The risks of investing in foreign securities are often heightened for investments by the Portfolio in developing or emerging markets.
| 18 |
Developing countries may also impose restrictions on the Portfolio’s ability to repatriate investment income or capital. Even without such restrictions, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operations of the Portfolio. Some of the currencies in emerging markets have been devalued relative to the U.S. dollar. In many cases these devaluations have been significant. Certain developing countries impose constraints on currency exchange.
Governments of some developing countries are often less stable and more likely to take extra-legal action with respect to companies, industries, assets, or foreign ownership than those in more developed markets, and may exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In some countries, the government owns or controls many companies, including the largest in the country. Government intervention, nationalization, or expropriation can occur with little warning, increasing the risk of loss. As such, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries in these regions, which in turn could affect the value of the Portfolio’s investments. Emerging market countries typically have less established legal, accounting and financial reporting systems than those in more developed markets, which may reduce the scope or quality of financial information available to investors. Disclosure, transparency, and shareholder protections may be limited, increasing operational and legal risks. Moreover, it can be more difficult for investors to bring litigation or enforce judgments against issuers in emerging markets or for U.S. regulators to bring enforcement actions against such issuers. The Portfolio may invest in foreign securities markets which are smaller, less liquid, and subject to greater price volatility than those in the United States. Market closures, capital controls, or currency restrictions may also impede the ability to buy, sell, or value securities in these markets, especially during periods of political or economic stress.
Investments in Other Investment Companies (Global Secured Options ETF)
To the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), the Global Secured Options ETF may invest in shares of other registered investment companies, including ETFs. If the Portfolio invests in shares of another registered investment company, shareholders would bear not only their proportionate share of the Portfolio’s expenses, but also management fees and other expenses paid by the other fund. Any investment in an ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional open-end fund that has the same investment objectives, strategies and policies. Additionally, the risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities that the ETF invests in or is designed to track, although the lack of liquidity of an ETF could result in it being more volatile. In addition, ETFs and closed-end funds do not necessarily trade at the NAV of their underlying securities, which means that these funds could potentially trade above or below the value of their underlying portfolios and may result in a loss. Finally, because ETFs and closed-end funds trade like stocks on exchanges, they are subject to trading and commission costs.
The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has adopted revisions to the rules permitting funds to invest in other investment companies to streamline and enhance the regulatory framework applicable to fund of funds arrangements. While the rule permits more types of fund of fund arrangements without reliance on an exemptive order or no-action letters, it imposes new conditions, including limits on control and voting of acquired funds’ shares, evaluations and findings by investment advisers, fund investment agreements, and limits on most three-tier fund structures. Rule 12d1-4 of the 1940 Act went into effect on January 19, 2021. The rescission of the applicable exemptive orders and the withdrawal of the applicable no-action letters was effective on January 19, 2022.
| 19 |
Options (Global Secured Options ETF)
The Global Secured Options ETF may write and buy call and put options. The writing of options is intended to earn cash through the receipt of option premiums. As the seller of the call option, the Portfolio receives cash (the “premium”) from the purchaser. Depending on the type of call option, the purchaser of a call option has the right to any appreciation in the value over a fixed price (the “exercise price”) of a security or index either on a certain date in the future (the “expiration date”) or at any time prior to the expiration date. If the purchaser does not exercise the option, the Portfolio retains the premium. If the purchaser exercises the option, the Portfolio pays the purchaser the difference between the value of the security or the index and the exercise price of the option or, in the case of options on securities, closes the option by delivering the underlying security versus the payment of the exercise price. The premium, the exercise price and the value of the security or index determine the gain or loss realized by the Portfolio. The Portfolio can also repurchase the call option prior to the expiration date, ending its obligation, and the cost of entering into closing purchase transactions will determine the gain or loss realized by the Portfolio. Each Portfolio may also buy call options. The value of a call option generally increases as the price of the underlying stock or index increases and decreases as the price of the underlying stock or index decreases.
The Global Secured Options ETF will also write cash-secured put options in an attempt to complement the covered call strategy. A put option gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to sell to the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified price at any time during the term of the option. To the extent the Portfolio sells cash-secured put options it will be required to hold a significant portion of its assets in cash or cash equivalents, such as U.S. Treasury securities and repurchase agreements, to cover the put option. The Portfolio may also buy put options. The value of a put option generally increases as the price of the underlying stock decreases and decreases as the price of the underlying stock increases.
Writing covered call options may provide a steady cash flow, although it may also reduce the Portfolio’s ability to profit from increases in the value of its equity portfolio. If the Portfolio were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired unexercised. Writing cash-secured put options may also provide a steady cash flow, although it may also require the Portfolio to realize a loss if the put option is exercised. The Portfolio may also buy put options, which may protect the Portfolio from a significant market decline that may occur over a short period of time. The Portfolio may also buy call options, which may result in the purchase of equities below their market value. As the purchaser of either a call or put option, if the option expires unexercised, the Portfolio will lose the premium it paid to purchase the option. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Portfolio seeks to enter or close out an open option position. The value of options may be adversely affected if the market for the options becomes less liquid or smaller.
FLEX Options Risk (Global Secured Options ETF)
Trading FLEX Options involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities. The Global Secured Options ETF may experience losses from specific FLEX Option positions and certain FLEX Option positions may expire worthless. The FLEX Options are listed and trade on an exchange; however, no one can guarantee that a liquid secondary trading market will exist for the FLEX Options. In the event that trading in the FLEX Options is limited or absent, the value of the Global Secured Options ETF’s FLEX Options may decrease. In a less liquid market for the FLEX Options, liquidating the FLEX Options may require the payment of a premium (for written FLEX Options) or acceptance of a discounted price (for purchased FLEX Options) and may take longer to complete. A less liquid trading market may adversely impact the value of the FLEX Options and Global Secured Options ETF shares and result in the Global Secured Options ETF being unable to achieve its investment objective. Less liquidity in the trading of the Global Secured Options ETF’s FLEX Options could have an impact on the prices paid or received by the Global Secured Options ETF for the FLEX Options in connection with creations and redemptions of the Global Secured Options ETF’s shares. Depending on the nature of this impact to pricing, the Global Secured Options ETF may be forced to pay more for redemptions (or receive less for creations) than the price at which it currently values the FLEX Options. Such overpayment or under collection could reduce the Global Secured Options ETF’s ability to achieve its investment objective. Additionally, in a less liquid market for the FLEX Options, the liquidation of a large number of options may more significantly impact the price. A less liquid trading market may adversely impact the value of the FLEX Options and the value of your investment. The trading in FLEX Options may be less deep and liquid than the market for certain other exchange-traded options, non-customized options or other securities.
| 20 |
Non-Principal Risks
Repurchase Agreements
Each Portfolio may enter into collateralized repurchase agreements with qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions deemed creditworthy by the Advisor. Such agreements can be entered into for periods of one day or for a fixed term.
In a repurchase agreement, a Portfolio purchases a security and simultaneously commits to resell that security at a future date to the seller (a qualified bank or securities dealer) at an agreed upon price plus an agreed upon market rate of interest (itself unrelated to the coupon rate or date of maturity of the purchased security). The seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain the value of the securities which are subject to the agreement and held by a Portfolio at not less than the agreed upon repurchase price. If the seller defaults on its repurchase obligation, the Portfolio holding such obligation suffers a loss to the extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying securities (including accrued interest) is less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) under the agreement. In the event that such a defaulting seller files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, disposition of such securities by the Portfolio might be delayed pending court action.
Portfolio Turnover
The Portfolios may engage in active and frequent trading of portfolio securities. High portfolio turnover may involve correspondingly greater expenses to a Portfolio, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. Higher portfolio turnover may also increase share price volatility and result in realization of taxable capital gains to shareholders with taxable accounts, including short-term capital gains, and may adversely impact a Portfolio’s after-tax returns. Trading costs and tax effects associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect a Portfolio’s performance.
Selection of Investments
The Advisor evaluates the rewards and risks presented by all securities purchased by each Portfolio and how they may advance the Portfolio’s investment objective. It is possible that these evaluations will prove to be inaccurate.
Other Types of Investments and Risks
In addition to each Portfolio’s principal investment strategies and risks, and the particular types of securities which each Portfolio may select for investment described above, each Portfolio may make other types of investments and pursue other investment strategies in support of its overall investment goal. Information about some of these investments and strategies and other risks is provided below. More information about these and other supplemental investment strategies and the risks involved are described in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).
Emerging Markets: The Disciplined International Equity ETF may also purchase securities in developing or emerging markets. The risks of emerging market investments are described above under “Emerging Markets Investments.”
Investments in Other Investment Companies: Each Portfolio may also invest in shares of other investment companies, including ETFs. The risks of registered investment company investments are described above under ”Investments in Other Investment Companies.”
Other Derivatives: The Global Secured Options ETF may use other types of derivatives such as swaps, security-based swaps, futures and options on futures to manage risks inherent in its portfolio and to increase its return. A derivative is a financial contract whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset such as a security or an index. The use of derivative instruments by the Portfolio may involve risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Some of the risks of investing in derivatives include (i) the risk that the other party to the derivative contract may fail to fulfill its obligations; (ii) the risk that the use of derivatives may reduce liquidity and make the Portfolio harder to value, especially in declining markets; (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the
| 21 |
underlying asset, rate or index; and (iv) the risk that the Portfolio may suffer disproportionately heavy losses relative to the amount invested if the Advisor is incorrect in its expectation of fluctuations in securities prices, interest rates or credit events. The Portfolio may invest in derivative instruments to increase total return and for hedging purposes. Investing to increase total return is considered a speculative practice and presents even greater risk of loss.
Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act permits the Portfolio to enter into derivatives transactions (as defined below) and certain other transactions notwithstanding the restrictions on the issuance of senior securities contained in Section 18 of the 1940 Act, provided that the Portfolio complies with the conditions of Rule 18f-4. Section 18 of the 1940 Act, among other things, prohibits open-end funds, including the Portfolio, from issuing or selling any “senior security,” other than borrowing from a bank (subject to a requirement to maintain 300% “asset coverage”).
Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act provides for the regulation of the use of derivatives and certain related instruments by registered investment companies.
Under Rule 18f-4, “Derivatives Transactions” include the following: (1) any swap, security-based swap (including a contract for differences), futures contract, forward contract, option (excluding purchased options), any combination of the foregoing, or any similar instrument, under which the Portfolio is or may be required to make any payment or delivery of cash or other assets during the life of the instrument or at maturity or early termination, whether as margin or settlement payment or otherwise; (2) any short sale borrowing; (3) reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions (e.g., recourse and non-recourse tender option bonds, and borrowed bonds), if the Portfolio elects to treat these transactions as Derivatives Transactions under Rule 18f-4; and (4) when-issued or forward-settling securities (e.g., firm and standby commitments, including to-be-announced (“TBA”) commitments, and dollar rolls) and non-standard settlement cycle securities, unless the Portfolio intends to physically settle the transaction and the transaction will settle within 35 days of its trade date (the “Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision”).
Rule 18f-4 prescribes specific value-at-risk leverage limits for certain derivatives users. In addition, Rule 18f-4 requires certain derivatives users, such as the Portfolio, to adopt and implement a derivatives risk management program (including the appointment of a derivatives risk manager and the implementation of certain testing requirements) and prescribes reporting requirements with respect to derivatives.
Subject to certain conditions, if a fund qualifies as a “limited derivatives user,” as defined in Rule 18f-4, it is not subject to the full requirements of Rule 18f-4. With respect to reverse repurchase agreements or other similar financing transactions in particular, Rule 18f-4 permits a fund to enter into such transactions if the fund either (i) complies with the asset coverage requirements of Section 18 of the 1940 Act, and combines the aggregate amount of indebtedness associated with all reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating the relevant asset coverage ratio, or (ii) treats all reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions as derivatives transactions for all purposes under Rule 18f-4. Rule 18f-4 could restrict the Portfolio’s ability to engage in certain derivatives transactions and/or increase the costs of such derivatives transactions, which could adversely affect the value or performance of the Portfolio.
Real Estate Investment Trusts: Each Portfolio may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in real estate or real estate related loans. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs. A Portfolio will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Portfolio.
Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by such REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified (except to the extent Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) requires), and are subject to the risks of financing projects. REITs are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibilities of failing to qualify for the exemption from tax for distributed income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from the 1940 Act. REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks.
| 22 |
Investing in REITs also involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. That is, they may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to abrupt or erratic price movements in comparison to larger capitalization companies.
Securities Lending: In order to generate additional income, the Disciplined International Equity ETF may lend its securities to qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions. Such loans are required at all times to be continuously secured by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government or its agencies or letters of credit equal to at least the market value of the loaned securities. The cash collateral received may be invested in short-term investments in accordance with terms approved by the Board. The value of the securities loaned may not exceed one-third of the value of the total assets of a Portfolio (including the loan collateral). The Portfolio could experience a delay in recovering its securities or a possible loss of income or value if the borrower fails to return the securities when due.
Cybersecurity Risk: The Portfolios and their service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from breaches in cybersecurity. A breach in cybersecurity refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause a Portfolio to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, or lose operational capacity. Breaches in cybersecurity include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber-attacks. Cyber security breaches affecting the Portfolios or the Advisor, applicable Sub-Advisor, custodian, transfer agent, intermediaries and other third-party service providers may adversely impact the Portfolios. For instance, cybersecurity breaches may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact a Portfolio’s ability to calculate its NAV, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject a Portfolio to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. A Portfolio may also incur additional costs for cybersecurity risk management purposes. Similar types of cybersecurity risks are also present for issuers of securities in which a Portfolio may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause a Portfolio’s investment in such companies to lose value. The rapid development and widespread use of artificial intelligence technologies, including machine learning and generative artificial intelligence, may increase the effectiveness of cyberattacks and exacerbate these risks.
Portfolio Holdings
A description of the Portfolio’s policies and procedures with respect to disclosure of the Portfolio’s securities is available in the Portfolio’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”). Once the Portfolio commences operations, the Portfolio will disclose its portfolio holdings daily at www.glenmedeim.com.
PRICE OF PORTFOLIO SHARES
The price of shares issued by each Portfolio is based on its NAV. Each Portfolio’s NAV per share is determined as of the close of regular trading hours of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), currently 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time), on each day that the NYSE is open for business. The time at which shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the NYSE is stopped at a time other than 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time). In addition, the Board has approved that the Portfolios may determine to price their shares on weekdays that the NYSE is temporarily closed due to emergency circumstances. The trading prices of each Portfolio’s shares in the secondary market generally differ from the Portfolio’s daily NAV and are affected by market forces such as supply and demand, economic conditions and other factors.
Each Portfolio’s investments generally are valued at market value or, when market quotations are not readily available or when events occur that make established valuation methods unreliable, at fair value as determined in good faith using methods determined by the Board. The Board has designated the Advisor to serve as the valuation designee (the “Valuation Designee”) with respect to each Portfolio’s securities for which valuations are not readily available. The Valuation Designee works with State Street Bank and Trust Company, the Portfolios’ custodian, to regularly test the accuracy of the fair value prices by comparing them with values that are available from other sources. At each regularly scheduled Board meeting, a report by the Valuation Designee is submitted describing any security that has been fair valued and the basis for the fair value determination.
| 23 |
Securities listed on a foreign exchange and unlisted foreign securities are valued at the latest quoted price available when assets are valued. Foreign securities may trade on days when shares of each Portfolio are not priced; as a result, the value of such securities may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the Portfolios’ shares. Foreign currency amounts are translated into U.S. dollars at the bid prices of such currencies against U.S. dollars last quoted by a major bank.
The following are examples of situations that may constitute significant events that could render a market quotation for a specific security “not readily available” and require fair valuation of such security: (i) the security’s trading has been halted or suspended; (ii) the security has been de-listed from a national exchange; (iii) the security’s primary trading market is temporarily closed at a time when under normal conditions it would be open; (iv) the security has not been traded for an extended period of time; (v) the security’s authorized pricing sources are not able or willing to provide a price; (vi) an independent price quote from two or more broker-dealers is not available; (vii) trading of the security is subject to local government-imposed restrictions; (viii) foreign security has reached a pre-determined range of trading set by a foreign exchange (“limit up” or “limit down” price), and no trading has taken place at the limit up price or limit down price; (ix) natural disasters, armed conflicts, and significant government actions; (x) significant events that relate to a single issuer or to an entire market sector, such as significant fluctuations in domestic or foreign markets or between the current and previous days’ closing levels of one or more benchmark indices approved by the Board; (xi) the security’s sales have been infrequent or a “thin” market in the security exists; and/or (xii) with regard to over-the-counter securities, the validity of quotations from broker-dealers appears questionable or the number of quotations indicates that there is a “thin” market in the security.
The frequency with which each Portfolio’s investments are valued using fair value pricing is primarily a function of the types of securities and other assets in which each Portfolio invests pursuant to its investment objective, strategies and limitations. Investments in registered mutual funds, if any, are valued based on the NAV of those mutual funds (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses).
Valuing each Portfolio’s investments using fair value pricing will result in using prices for those investments that may differ from current market prices. Accordingly, fair value pricing could result in a difference between the prices used to calculate each Portfolio’s NAV and the prices used by other investment companies, investors and each Portfolio’s benchmark index to price the same investments.
Transactions in each Portfolio’s shares will be priced at NAV only if you purchase or redeem shares directly from the Portfolio in Creation Units. Shares are purchased or sold on a national securities exchange at market prices, which may be higher or lower than NAV. Each Portfolio discloses its NAV on a daily basis. For more information, or to obtain each Portfolio’s NAV, please call 1-215-419-6662 or visit www.glenmedeim.com.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES
Most investors will buy and sell shares in secondary market transactions through brokers. Shares of each Portfolio will be listed for trading on the Listing Exchanges and elsewhere during the trading day and can be bought and sold throughout the trading day like other shares of publicly traded securities. Most investors will bear customary brokerage commissions and charges when buying or selling shares. Shares trade under the trading symbols listed on the cover of this prospectus.
Prior to trading in the secondary market, shares of each Portfolio are “created” at NAV by market makers, large investors and institutions only in block-size “Creation Units” or multiples thereof. Each “creator” is an AP that has entered into an AP agreement with the Portfolios’ Distributor.
A creation transaction, which is subject to acceptance by the Distributor and the Portfolios, generally takes place when an AP deposits into the Portfolios a designated amount of cash and/or securities in exchange for a specified number of Creation Units (a “creation basket”). Similarly, shares can be redeemed only in Creation Units, generally for a designated portfolio of securities held by the Portfolios and/or cash (a “redemption basket”). Creation baskets and redemption baskets may differ, and each Portfolio reserves the right to accept “custom baskets.”
Except when aggregated in Creation Units, shares are not redeemable by each Portfolio. Only an AP may create or redeem Creation Units directly with the Portfolios.
| 24 |
The prices at which creations and redemptions occur are based on the next calculation of NAV after a creation or redemption order is received in an acceptable form.
In the event of a system failure or other interruption, including disruptions at market makers or APs, orders to purchase or redeem Creation Units either may not be executed according to each Portfolio’s instructions or may not be executed at all, or each Portfolio may not be able to place or change orders.
To the extent the Portfolios engage in in-kind transactions, the Portfolios intend to comply with the U.S. federal securities laws in accepting securities for deposit and satisfying redemptions with redemption securities by, among other means, assuring that any securities accepted for deposit and any securities used to satisfy redemption requests will be sold in transactions that would be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Further, an AP that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, will not be able to receive restricted securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A.
Creations and redemptions must be made through a firm that is either a member of the Continuous Net Settlement System of the National Securities Clearing Corporation or a participant in the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and has executed an agreement with the Portfolios’ Distributor with respect to creations and redemptions of Creation Unit aggregations. Information about the procedures regarding creation and redemption of Creation Units (including the cutoff times for receipt of creation and redemption orders) and the applicable transaction fees is included in each Portfolio’s SAI.
Share Trading Prices
Transactions in each Portfolio’s shares will be priced at NAV only if you purchase or redeem shares directly from a Portfolio in Creation Units. As with other types of securities, the trading prices of shares in the secondary market can be affected by market forces such as supply and demand, economic conditions and other factors. The price you pay or receive when you buy or sell your shares in the secondary market may be more or less than the NAV of such shares.
Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Portfolio Shares
The Portfolios impose no restrictions on the frequency of purchases and redemptions of shares. In determining not to approve a written, established policy, the Board evaluated the risks of market timing activities by Portfolio shareholders. Purchases and redemptions by APs, who are the only parties that may purchase or redeem shares directly with each Portfolio, are an essential part of the ETF process and help keep share trading prices in line with NAV. As such, the Portfolios accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions by APs. However, the Board has also determined that frequent purchases and redemptions for cash may increase tracking error and portfolio transaction costs and may lead to the realization of capital gains. Frequent in-kind creations and redemptions generally do not give rise to these concerns. To minimize these potential consequences of frequent purchases and redemptions, the Portfolios employ fair value pricing and impose transaction fees on purchases and redemptions of Creation Units to cover the custodial and other costs incurred by a Portfolio in effecting trades.
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
The Portfolios normally distribute substantially all of their net investment income to shareholders in the form of a quarterly dividend.
The Portfolios normally distribute any realized net capital gains, if any, at least once a year.
Dividends and other distributions may be declared and paid more frequently to improve index tracking, to comply with the distribution requirements of Subchapter M of the Code, or to avoid a federal excise tax imposed on regulated investment companies (“RICs”).
Distributions in cash may be reinvested automatically in additional whole shares only if the broker through whom you purchased shares makes such option available.
| 25 |
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT TAXES
The following is a summary of certain United States tax considerations relevant under current law, which may be subject to change in the future. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual United States citizens or residents. You should consult your tax adviser for further information regarding Federal, state, local and/or foreign tax consequences relevant to your specific situation. Additional information about taxes is contained in the SAI.
Distributions
Each Portfolio contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income, including its net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any. Except as discussed below, you will be subject to Federal income tax on Portfolio distributions regardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Portfolio distributions attributable to short-term capital gains and net investment income will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income, except as discussed below.
Distributions attributable to the net capital gain of a Portfolio in which you invest will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, no matter how long you have owned your Portfolio shares. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals, estates, and trusts is currently 23.8% (which includes a 3.8% Medicare tax). You will be notified annually of the tax status of distributions to you.
Distributions of “qualifying dividends” will also generally be taxable to you at long-term capital gain rates, as long as certain requirements are met. In general, if 95% or more of the gross income of a Portfolio (other than net capital gain) consists of dividends received from domestic corporations or “qualified” foreign corporations (“qualifying dividends”), then all distributions paid by such Portfolio to individual shareholders will be taxed at long-term capital gain rates. But if less than 95% of the gross income of a Portfolio (other than net capital gain) consists of qualifying dividends, then distributions paid by such Portfolio to individual shareholders will be qualifying dividends only to the extent they are derived from qualifying dividends earned by such Portfolio. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Portfolio shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the Portfolio’s ex-dividend date (and the Portfolio will need to have met a similar holding period requirement with respect to the shares of the corporation paying the qualifying dividend). The amount of a Portfolio’s distributions that qualify for this favorable treatment may be reduced as a result of such Portfolio’s securities lending activities, if any, certain options transactions, if any, a high portfolio turnover rate or investments in debt securities or “non-qualified” foreign corporations.
Distributions from a Portfolio in which you invest will generally be taxable to you in the taxable year in which they are paid, with one exception. Distributions declared by a Portfolio in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year are taxed as though they were paid on December 31.
It is expected that the Portfolios will be subject to foreign withholding or other foreign income taxes with respect to dividends or interest received from (and, in some cases, gains recognized on shares of stock of) non-U.S. companies. The Portfolios may, to the extent eligible, make an election to treat a proportionate amount of those taxes as constituting a distribution to each shareholder, which would allow you either (1) to credit that proportionate amount of taxes against U.S. Federal income tax liability as a foreign tax credit, subject to applicable limitations, or (2) to take that amount as an itemized deduction.
A portion of distributions paid by a Portfolio to shareholders who are corporations may also qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations. The amount of the dividends qualifying for this deduction may, however, be reduced as a result of the Portfolio’s securities lending activities, if any, by a high portfolio turnover rate, or by investments in non-U.S. corporations.
If you purchase shares just before a distribution, the purchase price will reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution, but you will be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of capital. This adverse tax result is known as “buying into a dividend.”
| 26 |
It is contemplated that the Global Secured Options ETF will write call and put options. The Global Secured Options ETF may invest in derivative securities, including swaps, futures, options on futures and forward contracts. The tax treatment of these sorts of transactions is complex and may (as may the Portfolio’s high turnover rate) result in the recognition by the Portfolio of significant amounts of short-term capital gain and ordinary income. This, in turn, may cause significant portions of the distributions by the Portfolio to shareholders to be taxable at an ordinary income rate. Also, in some cases, these transactions may cause the Portfolio to recognize income or gain without any corresponding receipt of cash, in which case the Portfolio may have to liquidate other positions to enable them to distribute the amount of that income or gain to shareholders so as to avoid incurring corporate-level tax.
Sales and Redemptions
You will generally recognize taxable gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes on a sale of your shares based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you receive for them. Generally, you will recognize long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your Portfolio shares for over 12 months at the time you dispose of them.
Certain special tax rules may apply to losses realized in some cases. Any loss realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were received on the shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a disposition of shares of a Portfolio may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the same Portfolio within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of a Portfolio. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an increase to the basis of the shares acquired.
IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans
The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on, and sales of, shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable unless it borrowed to acquire the shares.
Backup Withholding
Each Portfolio may be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) a percentage of taxable dividends payable to shareholders who have failed to provide a correct tax identification number in the manner required, who are subject to withholding by the IRS for failure to properly include on their return payments of taxable interest or dividends, or who have failed to certify to the Portfolio that they are not subject to backup withholding when required to do so or that they are “exempt recipients.” The current backup withholding
rate is 24%.
U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders
Generally, nonresident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign investors are subject to 30% withholding tax on dividends paid by a U.S. corporation, although the rate may be reduced for an investor that is a qualified resident of a foreign country with an applicable tax treaty with the United States. In the case of regulated investment companies such as the Portfolios, however, certain categories of dividends are exempt from the 30% withholding tax. These generally include dividends attributable to the Portfolios’ net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), dividends attributable to the Portfolios’ interest income from U.S. obligors and dividends attributable to net short-term capital gains of the Portfolios.
Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on the sale or redemption of shares in the Portfolios, except that a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a calendar year will be taxable on such gains and on capital gain dividends from the Portfolios.
In contrast, if a foreign investor conducts a trade or business in the United States and the investment in a Portfolio is effectively connected with that trade or business, then the foreign investor’s income from the Portfolio will generally be subject to U.S. Federal income tax at graduated rates in a manner similar to the income of a U.S. citizen or resident.
| 27 |
The Portfolios will also generally be required to withhold 30% tax on certain payments to foreign entities that do not provide a Form W-8BEN-E that evidences their compliance with, or exemption from, specified information reporting requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.
All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in a Portfolio.
State and Local Taxes
You may also be subject to state and local taxes on distributions and sales. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of a Portfolio’s distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest on U.S. Government securities. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax status of distributions in your state and locality.
Taxes on Creation and Redemption of Creation Units
An AP that exchanges securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the market value of the Creation Units at the time of the exchange and any amount of cash received by the AP in the exchange and (ii) the sum of the exchanger’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered and any amount of cash paid for such Creation Units. An AP who redeems Creation Units will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the redeeming AP’s basis in the Creation Units and the sum of the aggregate U.S. dollar market value of the securities plus the amount of any cash received for such Creation Units. The IRS, however, may assert that a loss that is realized by an AP upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units may not be permitted to be currently deducted under the rules governing “wash sales” (for APs that do not mark-to-market their holding) or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position.
Gain or loss recognized by an AP upon an issuance of Creation Units in exchange for securities, or upon a redemption of Creation Units, may be capital or ordinary gain or loss depending on the circumstances. Any capital gain or loss realized upon an issuance of Creation Units in exchange for securities will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held for more than one year. Any capital gain or loss realized upon the redemption of a Creation Unit will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares comprising the Creation Unit have been held for more than one year. Otherwise, such capital gains or losses are treated as short-term capital gains or losses.
Persons exchanging securities for Creation Units should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax treatment of any creation or redemption transaction and whether the wash sales rules apply and when a loss might be deductible. If you purchase or redeem Creation Units, you will be sent a confirmation statement showing how many shares you purchased or redeemed and at what price.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
Investment Advisor
Glenmede Investment Management LP, with principal offices at One Liberty Place, 1650 Market Street, Suite 4000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, serves as Advisor to the Portfolios. The Advisor, a limited partnership, is wholly-owned by Glenmede Trust. As of June 30, 2026, the Advisor oversaw approximately $7.1 billion in assets.
Under Investment Advisory Agreements with the Portfolios, the Advisor, subject to the control and supervision of the Board and in conformance with the stated investment objective and policies of each Portfolio, manages the investment of the assets of each Portfolio. It is the responsibility of the Advisor to make investment decisions for each Portfolio and to place each Portfolio’s purchase and sale orders. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreements, each Portfolio pays the Advisor a unitary management fee that is computed and paid monthly at an annual rate of 0.55% of each Portfolio’s average daily net assets during the month. From the unitary management fees, the Advisor pays most of the expenses of each Portfolio, including the cost of sub-advisory fees to any investment sub-adviser, transfer agency, custody, fund administration, legal, audit and other services. However, under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Advisor is not responsible for interest expenses, brokerage commissions and other trading expenses, taxes and other extraordinary costs such as litigation and other expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business.
| 28 |
Investment Sub-Advisor
Tidal Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company located at 234 West Florida Street, Suite 700, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204, serves as the Sub-Advisor to the Portfolios. The Sub-Advisor is an SEC-registered investment adviser, and as of June 30, 2026, the Sub-Advisor had approximately $60 billion in assets under management.
The Sub-Advisor is responsible for trading portfolio securities for the Portfolios, including creation and/or redemption basket processing and selecting broker-dealers to execute purchase and sale transactions in connection with any rebalancing of a Portfolio, subject to the supervision of the Advisor and the Board. For its services, the Sub-Advisor is entitled to a fee paid by the Advisor.
A discussion regarding the Board’s initial approval of each Portfolio’s Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement (as applicable) and the factors the Board considered with respect to their approval will be available in each Portfolio’s first Form N-CSR, which will be available on the Fund’s website and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Shareholders in the Portfolios who are clients of Glenmede Trust, or its Affiliates, pay fees which vary, depending on the capacity in which Glenmede Trust or its Affiliate provides fiduciary and investment services to the particular Client (e.g., personal trust, estate settlement, advisory and custodian services) (“Client Fees”). Glenmede Trust and its Affiliates currently intend to exclude the portion of their Clients’ assets invested in the Portfolios when calculating Client Fees. Shareholders in the Portfolios who are customers of other Institutions may pay fees to those Institutions.
The Advisor and/or Glenmede Trust may pay additional compensation from time to time, out of their assets, and not as an additional charge to the Portfolios, to selected Institutions that provide services to the Institution’s customers who are beneficial owners of the Portfolios and other persons in connection with servicing and/or sales of each Portfolio’s shares and other accounts managed by the Advisor or Glenmede Trust.
Portfolio Managers
Vladimir de Vassal, CFA, Director of Quantitative Research of the Advisor, and Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA, Portfolio Manager, are primarily responsible for the management of the Knollbrook Disciplined International Equity ETF. Mr. de Vassal has been employed by the Advisor and its predecessors as a portfolio manager since 1998. Prior to that time, Mr. de Vassal served as Vice President and Director of quantitative analysis at CoreStates Investment Advisors and as Vice President of interest rate risk analysis at CoreStates Financial Corp. Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA, has been a Portfolio Manager of the Advisor since 2015. Mr. Atanasiu has been employed by the Advisor as a quantitative research analyst since 2005. Paul T. Sullivan, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, assists Mr. de Vassal and Mr. Atanasiu in the management of the Portfolios by running portfolio optimizations and entering trades. Mr. Sullivan has been employed by the Advisor and its predecessors as a portfolio manager since 1994. Prior to that time, Mr. Sullivan was employed by SEI Investments Co. where he was a supervisor in the mutual fund accounting department. Ruohao Chen, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor also assists Mr. de Vassal and Mr. Atanasiu in the management of Disciplined International Equity ETF by running portfolio optimizations and entering trades. Mr. Chen has been employed by the Advisor as a quantitative research analyst since 2018.
Mr. de Vassal, Mr. Atanasiu, Mr. Sullivan and Mr. Chen have managed the Disciplined International Equity ETF since January, 2027, the Portfolio’s commencement of operations.
Sean Heron, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Advisor, is primarily responsible for the management of the Global Secured Options ETF. Mr. Heron has been responsible for the management of the Global Secured Options ETF since January, 2027, the Portfolio’s commencement of operations. He has been employed by the Advisor since June 2010. Since 2006, Mr. Heron has served as Vice President to Glenmede Trust. Prior to that time, Mr. Heron was employed by McGowan Investors LP (2004-2006) and Goldman Sachs & Co. (1999-2003) as a Senior Derivatives Trader.
The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts they manage and their ownership of shares of the Portfolios they manage.
| 29 |
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Distributor
Quasar Distributors, LLC, is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. The Distributor distributes Creation Units for the Portfolios on an agency basis and does not maintain a secondary market in shares. The Distributor has no role in determining the policies of the Portfolios or the securities that are purchased or sold by the Portfolios. The Distributor’s principal address is 190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101.
The Board has adopted a Distribution Plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (the “12b-1 Plan”) under the 1940 Act. There are no fees currently charged under the 12b-1 Plan, and the Glenmede Fund has no current intention of charging fees under the 12b-1 Plan. Any fees charged in the future under the 12b-1 Plan will be capped at a maximum annual rate of 0.25% of a Portfolio’s average daily net assets.
In the event Rule 12b-1 fees are charged in the future, because these fees are paid out of the Portfolios’ assets on an ongoing basis, these fees will increase the cost of your investment in the Portfolios. By purchasing shares subject to the 12b-1 Plan, you may pay more over time than you would by purchasing shares with other types of sales charge arrangements. Long-term shareholders may pay more than the economic equivalent of the maximum front-end sales charge permitted by the rules of FINRA. The net income attributable to shares will be reduced by the amount of distribution fees and service fees and other expenses of the Portfolio.
Book Entry
Shares are held in book-entry form, which means that no stock certificates are issued. The DTC or its nominee is the record owner of all outstanding shares.
Investors owning shares are beneficial owners as shown on the records of DTC or its participants. DTC serves as the securities depository for all shares. Participants include DTC, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and other institutions that directly or indirectly maintain a custodial relationship with DTC. As a beneficial owner of shares, you are not entitled to receive physical delivery of stock certificates or to have shares registered in your name, and you are not considered a registered owner of shares. Therefore, to exercise any right as an owner of shares, you must rely upon the procedures of DTC and its participants. These procedures are the same as those that apply to any securities that you hold in book entry or “street name” form. Your broker will provide you with account statements, confirmations of your purchases and sales, and tax information.
Investments by Registered Investment Companies
Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act restricts investments by registered investment companies in the securities of other investment companies, including shares. Registered investment companies are permitted to invest in the Portfolios beyond the limits set forth in section 12(d)(1), subject to certain terms and conditions, including that such investment companies enter into an agreement with that Portfolio.
Premium/Discount and NAV Information
Information regarding each Portfolio’s NAV and how often shares are traded on the Listing Exchanges at a price above (i.e., at a premium) or below (i.e., at a discount) the NAV of each Portfolio during the past calendar year and most recent calendar quarters, when available, is posted to glenmedeim.com.
Continuous Offering
The method by which Creation Units are purchased and traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Units are issued and sold by each Portfolio on an ongoing basis, at any point a “distribution,” as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may occur. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner which could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery and liability provisions of the Securities Act.
| 30 |
For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes Creation Units after placing an order with the transfer agent, breaks them down into individual shares, and sells such shares directly to customers, or if it chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act must take into account all the facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case, and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to categorization as an underwriter.
Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, are generally required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act is not available with respect to such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. As a result, broker-dealer firms should note that dealers who are not underwriters but are participating in a distribution (as contrasted with ordinary secondary market transactions) and thus dealing with shares that are part of an over-allotment within the meaning of Section 4(a)(3)(a) of the Securities Act would be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to shares of the Portfolio are reminded that under Rule 153 of the Securities Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Listing Exchanges is satisfied by the fact that the Fund’s prospectus is available on the SEC’s electronic filing system. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 of the Securities Act is only available with respect to transactions on an exchange.
Additional Notices
Shares are not sponsored, endorsed, or promoted by the Listing Exchanges. The Listing Exchanges make no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the shares. The Listing Exchanges are not responsible for, nor has it participated in, the determination of the timing of, prices of, or quantities of the shares to be issued, nor in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the shares are redeemable. The Listing Exchanges have no obligation or liability to owners of the shares in connection with the administration, marketing, or trading of the shares. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall the Listing Exchanges have any liability for any lost profits or indirect, punitive, special, or consequential damages even if notified of the possibility thereof.
The Advisor, the Sub-Advisor and the Portfolios make no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of shares or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in a Portfolio particularly.
General Information
If you have any questions regarding the Portfolios, contact the Portfolios at the address or telephone number stated on the back cover page.
| 31 |
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The Portfolios are new and have no performance history as of the date of this prospectus. The Portfolios will acquire all of the assets, subject to the liabilities, of their respective Predecessor Funds in each Predecessor Fund Reorganization. As a result, the Financial Highlights for the Portfolio are the financial histories of the Predecessor Funds’ Advisor shares.
The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the financial performance of each Predecessor Fund’s Advisor shares for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Predecessor Fund share. The total returns in the table represent the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in the Predecessor Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). The information for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2025 and 2024 has been audited by Cohen & Company, Ltd., the Predecessor Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with each Predecessor Fund’s financial statements, are included on Form N-CSR, which is available upon request. Information for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was audited by the former independent registered public accounting firm. The financial highlights information presented for periods prior to each Predecessor Fund Reorganization is that of the Advisor shares.
Disciplined International Equity Portfolio
| For The Year Ended October 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||||||||||
| Net asset value, beginning of year | $ | 16.85 | $ | 13.84 | $ | 12.27 | $ | 15.54 | $ | 12.05 | ||||||||||
| Income from investment operations: | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Net investment income1 | 0.35 | 0.44 | 0.32 | 0.42 | 0.36 | |||||||||||||||
| Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments | 4.15 | 3.10 | 1.54 | (3.15 | ) | 3.48 | ||||||||||||||
| Total from investment operations | 4.50 | 3.54 | 1.86 | (2.73 | ) | 3.84 | ||||||||||||||
| Distributions to shareholders from: | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Net investment income | (0.25 | ) | (0.53 | ) | (0.29 | ) | (0.54 | ) | (0.35 | ) | ||||||||||
| Net realized capital gains | (0.99 | ) | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||
| Total distributions | (1.24 | ) | (0.53 | ) | (0.29 | ) | (0.54 | ) | (0.35 | ) | ||||||||||
| Net asset value, end of year | $ | 20.11 | $ | 16.85 | $ | 13.84 | $ | 12.27 | $ | 15.54 | ||||||||||
| Total return2 | 28.62 | % | 25.78 | % | 15.09 | % | (17.89 | )% | 31.96 | % | ||||||||||
| Ratios to average net assets/ Supplemental data: | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Net assets, at end of year (in 000s) | $ | 11,607 | $ | 25,830 | $ | 22,601 | $ | 22,939 | $ | 41,069 | ||||||||||
| Ratio of operating expenses before waiver/reimbursement to average net assets | 1.40 | % | 1.37 | % | 1.32 | % | 1.27 | % | 1.19 | % | ||||||||||
| Ratio of operating expenses after waiver/reimbursement to average net assets3 | 0.96 | %4 | 1.00 | % | 1.00 | % | 1.00 | % | 1.00 | % | ||||||||||
| Ratio of net investment income to average net assets | 2.09 | % | 2.70 | % | 2.22 | % | 2.93 | % | 2.40 | % | ||||||||||
| Portfolio turnover rate5 | 76 | % | 97 | % | 84 | % | 91 | % | 79 | % | ||||||||||
| 1 | Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period. |
| 2 | The Total Return reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements in effect and would have been lower in their absence. |
| 3 | The ratio of operating expenses after waiver/reimbursement excluding interest expense was 0.96%, 1.00%, 1.00%, 1.00% and 1.00% for the years ended October 31, 2025, 2024, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. |
| 4 | On May 5, 2025, Glenmede Investment Management, the Fund’s Advisor, contractually agreed to lower the expense limitation for the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares from 1.00% to 0.85%. |
| 5 | Portfolio turnover is calculated at the fund level. |
| 32 |
Global Secured Options Portfolio
| For The Year Ended October 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||||||||||
| Net asset value, beginning of year | $ | 5.68 | $ | 4.79 | $ | 4.25 | $ | 5.64 | $ | 4.84 | ||||||||||
| Income from investment operations: | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Net investment income (loss)1 | 0.002 | 0.03 | 0.02 | (0.02 | ) | (0.05 | ) | |||||||||||||
| Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments | 0.94 | 0.99 | 0.52 | (0.64 | ) | 1.07 | ||||||||||||||
| Total from investment operations | 0.94 | 1.02 | 0.54 | (0.66 | ) | 1.02 | ||||||||||||||
| Distributions to shareholders from: | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Net investment income | (0.01 | ) | (0.04 | ) | (0.00 | )2 | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Net realized capital gains | (1.05 | ) | (0.09 | ) | — | (0.73 | ) | (0.22 | ) | |||||||||||
| Total distributions | (1.06 | ) | (0.13 | ) | (0.00 | )2 | (0.73 | ) | (0.22 | ) | ||||||||||
| Net asset value, end of year | $ | 5.56 | $ | 5.68 | $ | 4.79 | $ | 4.25 | $ | 5.64 | ||||||||||
| Total return3 | 19.81 | % | 21.52 | % | 12.74 | % | (13.35 | )% | 21.59 | % | ||||||||||
| Ratios to average net assets/ Supplemental data: | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Net assets, at end of year (in 000s) | $ | 15,384 | $ | 19,934 | $ | 22,470 | $ | 20,062 | $ | 17,152 | ||||||||||
| Ratio of operating expenses before waiver/reimbursement to average net assets4 | 1.56 | % | 1.24 | % | 1.15 | % | 1.22 | % | 1.30 | % | ||||||||||
| Ratio of operating expenses after waiver/reimbursement to average net assets4 | 0.96 | %5,6 | 1.01 | %6 | 1.00 | %6 | 1.00 | %6 | 1.00 | % | ||||||||||
| Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets4 | 0.03 | % | 0.63 | % | 0.34 | % | (0.46 | )% | (0.96 | )% | ||||||||||
| Portfolio turnover rate7 | 69 | % | — | %8 | 117 | % | 152 | % | — | %8 | ||||||||||
| 1 | Per share net investment income (loss) has been calculated using the average shares outstanding during the period. |
| 2 | Amount rounds to less than $0.01 per share. |
| 3 | The Total Return reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements in effect and would have been lower in their absence. |
| 4 | This ratio does not include the income or expenses for any exchange-traded funds held in the Portfolio. |
| 5 | On May 5, 2025, Glenmede Investment Management, the Fund’s Advisor, contractually agreed to lower the expense limitation for the Portfolio’s Advisor Shares from 1.00% to 0.85%. |
| 6 | The ratio of operating expenses after waiver/reimbursement excluding interest expense was 0.94%, 1.00%, 1.00% and 1.00% for the years ended October 31, 2025, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. |
| 7 | Portfolio turnover is calculated at the fund level. |
| 8 | Trading activity in the Portfolio during the year was short term and is excluded for portfolio turnover calculations resulting in zero portfolio turnover percentage. |
| 33 |
Where to find more information
More Portfolio information is available to you upon request and without charge.
Annual and Semi-Annual Reports and Annual and Semi-Annual Financial Statements and Other Information
The Annual and Semi-Annual Reports and Annual and Semi-Annual Financial Statements and Other Information provide additional information about each Predecessor Fund’s investments. The Annual Report also contains a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected each Predecessor Fund’s performance during the last fiscal year.
Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)
The SAI includes additional information about the Portfolios’ investment policies, organization and management. It is legally part of this prospectus (it is incorporated by reference).
You can get free copies of the Predecessor Funds’ Annual and Semi-Annual Reports, Annual and Semi-Annual Financial Statements and Other Information or SAI, once available, by calling or writing to the address shown below. These documents are also available on the Advisor’s website at www.glenmedeim.com.
To reduce the volume of mail you receive, only one copy of financial reports, prospectuses, other regulatory materials and other communications will be mailed to your household (if you share the same last name and address). You can call us at 1-215-419-6662, or write to us at the address listed below, to request (1) additional copies free of charge, or (2) that we discontinue our practice of mailing regulatory materials together.
You may also request other information about the Portfolios, and make inquiries as follows:
Write to:
The Glenmede Fund, Inc.
1650 Market Street
Suite 4000
Philadelphia, PA 19103
By phone:
1-215-419-6662
Reports and other information about the Portfolios or the Predecessor Funds are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
The Glenmede Fund, Inc.’s Investment Company Act File No. is 811-05577.
The third party marks appearing above are the marks of their respective owners.
| 34 |
THE GLENMEDE FUND, INC.
1-215-419-6662
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
September 23, 2026
Knollbrook Disciplined International Equity ETF (KDEV) Principal U.S. Listing Exchange: Nasdaq
Knollbrook Global Secured Options ETF (KGSO) Principal U.S. Listing Exchange: Cboe
This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus but should be read in conjunction with The Glenmede Fund, Inc.’s (“Glenmede Fund” or the “Fund”) Prospectus dated September 23, 2026, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “Prospectus”). This SAI is for the Knollbrook Disciplined International Equity ETF and the Knollbrook Global Secured Options ETF (each, a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”). No investment in shares of a Portfolio should be made without first reading the Prospectus of each Portfolio. This SAI is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the Prospectus. The Predecessor Funds’ audited financial statements and financial highlights appearing in the 2025 Annual Financial Statements are incorporated by reference into this SAI. No other part of the Predecessor Funds’ Annual Financial Statements are incorporated by reference herein. A copy of each Portfolio’s Prospectus and the Predecessor Fund’s Annual Financial Statements are available without charge, upon request, by calling the Fund at the above telephone number.
Capitalized terms used in this SAI and not otherwise defined have the same meanings given to them in the Fund’s Prospectus.
| 1 |
| 2 |
THE FUND
The Glenmede Fund was organized as a Maryland corporation on June 30, 1988. The Glenmede Fund’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, authorize its Board of Directors (the “Board” and the members thereof, “Directors”) to issue 6,000,000,000 shares of common stock, with a $.001 par value. The Board has the power to subdivide these shares into one or more investment portfolios from time to time.
The Fund currently consists of 14 separate series, each with its own investment objective. The Portfolios in this SAI operate as exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). As identified and described in more detail within the Fund’s prospectus and this SAI, the Portfolios are actively managed ETFs that do not seek to replicate the performance of a specified index.
Effective after the close of business on January 8, 2027, all assets of the Predecessor Funds will be transferred to certain of the Portfolios, each in a tax-free reorganization (a “Reorganization”) as shown below:
| Portfolio | Predecessor Fund |
| Knollbrook Disciplined International Equity ETF | Glenmede Disciplined International Equity Portfolio |
| Knollbrook Global Secured Options ETF | Glenmede Global Secured Options Portfolio |
In connection with each Reorganization, each Portfolio will acquire all eligible assets and liabilities of the respective Predecessor Fund. All historical financial information and other information contained in this SAI relating to the Portfolios for periods prior to the closing of their respective Reorganization is that of the respective Predecessor Fund.
The Fund is an open-end, management investment company and each Portfolio is “diversified” as defined in Section 5(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).
Each Portfolio issues and redeems shares at net asset value (“NAV”) per share only in large blocks of shares (“Creation Units” or “Creation Unit Aggregations”). For the Knollbrook Disciplined International Equity ETF (the “Disciplined International Equity ETF”), the Creation Unit size is 10,000. For the Knollbrook Global Secured Options ETF (the “Global Secured Options ETF”), the Creation Unit size is 10,000. Although the size of each Portfolio’s Creation Unit may change from time to time, Creation Units for the Disciplined International Equity ETF are not expected to consist of less than 10,000 shares, and Creation Units for the Global Secured Options ETF are not expected to consist of less than 10,000 shares. These transactions are usually made in exchange for a basket of securities included in the relevant Portfolio and/or an amount of cash. As a practical matter, only institutions or large investors purchase or redeem Creation Units. Except when aggregated in Creation Units, Shares are not redeemable securities.
Shares of the Disciplined International Equity ETF are listed on the Nasdaq and shares of the Global Secured Options ETF are listed on the Cboe (collectively, the “Listing Exchanges”). The Portfolios trade throughout the day on the Listing Exchanges and other secondary markets at market prices that may differ from NAV. As in the case of other publicly traded securities, brokers’ commissions on transactions will be based on commission rates charged by the applicable broker.
The Fund reserves the right to adjust the prices of shares in the future to maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits, which would have no effect on the net assets of the applicable Portfolio.
EXCHANGE LISTING AND TRADING
Each Portfolio’s shares trade on a Listing Exchange at prices that may differ to some degree from their NAV. There can be no assurance that the requirements of each Listing Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of each Portfolio will continue to be met. A Listing Exchange may remove a Portfolio’s shares from listing if (i) following the initial 12-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of the Portfolio, there are fewer than 50 beneficial owners of the Portfolio’s shares; (ii) a Listing Exchange becomes aware that a Portfolio is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the 1940 Act; (iii) a Portfolio no longer complies with certain Listing Exchange rules; or (iv) such other event shall occur or condition exists that, in the opinion of the Listing
| 3 |
Exchanges, makes further dealings on the exchange inadvisable. Additionally, a Listing Exchange will remove a Portfolio’s shares from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund. There can be no assurance that the requirements of each Listing Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of a Portfolio’s shares will continue to be met.
As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell Shares of a Portfolio through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.
In order to provide additional information regarding the indicative value of shares of each Portfolio, the Listing Exchanges or market data vendors may disseminate through the facilities of the Consolidated Tape Association, or through other widely disseminated means an “intra-day indicative value” (“IIV”) for each Portfolio as calculated by an information provider or market data vendor. The Fund and its affiliates are not responsible for any aspect of the calculation or dissemination of the IIVs and make no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the IIVs.
The IIV does not necessarily reflect the precise composition of the current portfolio of securities held by a Portfolio at a particular point in time or the best possible valuation of the current portfolio. Therefore, the IIV should not be viewed as a “real-time” update of a Portfolio’s NAV, which is computed only once a day. The IIV is generally determined by using both current market quotations and/or price quotations obtained from broker-dealers that may trade in the portfolio securities held by a Portfolio. The quotations of certain Fund holdings may not be updated during U.S. trading hours if such holdings do not trade in the United States.
The base and trading currencies of the Portfolios are the U.S. dollar. The base currency is the currency in which each Portfolio’s NAV per share is calculated and the trading currency is the currency in which shares of each Portfolio are listed and traded on the Listing Exchanges.
INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
The following investment strategies supplement those set forth in the Fund’s Prospectus. Unless specified below and except as described under “Investment Limitations,” the following investment strategies are not fundamental and the Board may change such strategies without shareholder approval.
Disciplined International Equity ETF
From time to time, Glenmede Investment Management LP (“GIM” or the “Advisor”) may revise its equity computer model programs to try to maintain or enhance the Portfolio’s performance.
The Portfolio intends to remain, for the most part, fully invested in equity securities of foreign companies, directly and/or through American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). However, the Portfolio may invest a portion of its assets (up to 20% under normal circumstances) in the following fixed-income and money market securities: obligations of the U.S. Government and its guaranteed or sponsored agencies, including shares of open-end or closed-end investment companies which invest in such obligations (such shares will be purchased within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act and would subject a shareholder of the Portfolio to expenses of the other investment company in addition to the expenses of the Portfolio); short-term money market instruments issued in the U.S. or abroad, denominated in dollars or any foreign currency, including short-term certificates of deposit (including variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits with a maturity no greater than 180 days, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Prime-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or in equivalent money market securities; and high quality fixed-income securities denominated in U.S. dollars, any foreign currency, or a multi-national currency unit such as the Euro.
The Portfolio may also enter into forward currency exchange contracts only to hedge against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of investment securities; it may not enter into such contracts for speculative purposes.
| 4 |
Global Secured Options ETF
The Global Secured Options ETF will not engage in “market timing” transactions. However, for temporary defensive purposes, the Portfolio may invest a significant portion of its assets in cash, short-term instruments issued by U.S. or foreign issuers denominated in dollars, including short-term certificates of deposit (including variable rate certificates of deposit), time deposits with a maturity no greater than 180 days, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s, U.S. Government securities, repurchase agreements or in similar money market securities.
COMMON INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS
Authorized Participant Concentration Risk
Only an authorized participant may engage in creation or redemption transactions directly with the Portfolios. Each Portfolio has a limited number of intermediaries that act as authorized participants, and none of these authorized participants are or will be obligated to engage in creation or redemption transactions. To the extent that these intermediaries exit the business or are unable to or choose not to proceed with creation and/or redemption orders with respect to each Portfolio and no other authorized participant is able to step forward to create or redeem, shares may trade at a premium or discount to NAV and possibly face trading halts and/or delisting.
Borrowing
As a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, each Portfolio may borrow money from banks in amounts not exceeding one-third of total assets. None of the Portfolios will borrow money for speculative purposes. If the market value of each Portfolio’s securities should decline, the Portfolio may experience difficulty in repaying the borrowing.
As required by the 1940 Act, each Portfolio must maintain continuous asset coverage (total assets, including assets acquired with borrowed funds, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of 300% of all amounts borrowed. If, at any time, the value of each Portfolio’s assets should fail to meet this 300% coverage test, each Portfolio, within three days (not including Sundays and holidays), will reduce the amount of its borrowings to the extent necessary to meet this 300% coverage. Maintenance of this percentage limitation may result in the sale of portfolio securities at a time when investment considerations otherwise indicate that it would be disadvantageous to do so. Borrowing of securities in connection with short sales and derivative transactions such as options, futures and swaps are not subject to this limitation. The Portfolios are authorized to pledge portfolio securities to the lender as collateral in connection with any borrowings. Reverse repurchase agreements constitute borrowings, and leverage is a related risk.
Cash and Short-Term Investments
Each Portfolio may hold cash or invest in short-term paper and other short-term investments. Short-term paper generally includes any note, draft bill of exchange or banker’s acceptance payable on demand or having a maturity at the time of issuance that does not exceed nine months or any renewal thereof payable on demand or having a maturity that is likewise limited. A Portfolio also may invest its uninvested cash in high-quality, short-term debt securities, including repurchase agreements and high-quality money market instruments, and also may invest uninvested cash in money market funds. To the extent a Portfolio invests in a money market fund, it generally is not subject to the limits placed on investments in other investment companies by the 1940 Act. Generally, these securities offer less potential for gains than other types of securities.
Cash Transactions Risk
Unlike certain ETFs, the Global Secured Options ETF may effect its creations and redemptions in cash or partially in cash. As a result, an investment in the Portfolio may be less tax-efficient than an investment in such ETFs. Other ETFs generally are able to make in-kind redemptions and avoid realizing gains in connection with transactions designed to raise cash to meet redemption requests. If the Portfolio effects a portion of redemptions for cash, it may be required to sell portfolio securities in order to obtain the cash needed to distribute redemption proceeds, which also involves transaction costs. If the Portfolio recognizes gains on these sales, this generally will cause the Portfolio to
| 5 |
recognize gain it might not otherwise have recognized if it were to distribute portfolio securities in-kind, or to recognize such gain sooner than would otherwise be required. The Portfolio generally intends to distribute these gains to shareholders to avoid being taxed on this gain at the Portfolio level and otherwise comply with the special tax rules that apply to it. This strategy may cause shareholders to be subject to tax on gains they would not otherwise be subject to, or at an earlier date than if they had made an investment in a different ETF.
Credit Risks
Because the Portfolios may invest in fixed-income securities, they are subject to “credit risk” — the risk that an issuer will be unable or unwilling to make principal and interest payments when due. U.S. Government securities are generally considered to be the safest type of investment in terms of credit risk. Municipal obligations generally rank between U.S. Government securities and corporate debt securities in terms of credit safety. Corporate debt securities, particularly those rated below investment grade, may present the highest credit risk.
Depositary Receipts
The Portfolios may purchase certain sponsored or unsponsored depositary receipts. In sponsored programs, an issuer makes arrangements to have its securities traded in the form of depositary receipts. For purposes of each Portfolio’s investment policies, each Portfolio’s investments in depositary receipts will be deemed to be investments in the underlying securities. For example, a depositary receipt representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock. In unsponsored programs, the issuer may not be directly involved in the creation of the program. Although regulatory requirements with respect to sponsored and unsponsored programs are generally similar, in some cases it may be easier to obtain financial information from an issuer that has participated in the creation of a sponsored program. Accordingly, there may be less information available regarding issuers of securities underlying unsponsored programs and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the depositary receipts.
The Portfolios may invest in ADRs and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”). Depositary Receipts are receipts, typically issued by a bank or trust company, which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. ADRs are depositary receipts issued in registered form by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign company. ADRs may be listed on a national securities exchange or may be traded in the over-the-counter (“OTC”) market. ADR prices are denominated in U.S. dollars although the underlying securities are denominated in a foreign currency. GDRs are depositary receipts where the depository may be a foreign or a U.S. entity, and the underlying securities may have a foreign or a U.S. issuer. GDRs are tradable both in the United States and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world.
Generally, depositary receipts in registered form are designed for use in the U.S. securities market and depositary receipts in bearer form are designed for use in securities markets outside the United States. Depositary receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted.
Investments in ADRs and GDRs involve risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities.
Derivative Instruments
In the course of pursuing its investment strategies, the Global Secured Options ETF may invest in certain types of derivative instruments in connection with its investment strategies to hedge and manage risk and to increase its return. Derivatives are financial contracts whose values depend on the values of other investments, exchange rates or indices. Derivatives may be used in a variety of ways to meet the objectives of the Advisor. The Global Secured Options ETF may purchase or write call and put options on appropriate securities or securities indices. Futures contracts, forward contracts, options on futures, and index, interest rate, total return and equity swaps are examples of derivative instruments in which the Global Secured Options ETF may invest. Futures, options and swaps are commonly used for traditional hedging and cash management purposes as a low-cost method of gaining exposure to a particular securities market without investing directly in those securities.
| 6 |
Compared to conventional securities, derivatives can be more sensitive to changes in interest rates or to sudden fluctuations in market prices and thus the Portfolio’s losses may be greater if it invests in derivatives than if it invests only in conventional securities. Derivative transactions may include elements of leverage and, accordingly, the fluctuation of the value of the derivative transaction in relation to the underlying asset may be magnified. The price of derivatives can be very volatile and result in disproportionately heavy losses to the Portfolio relative to the amount invested if the Advisor is incorrect in its expectation of fluctuations in securities prices, interest rates or credit events. The Portfolio’s use of derivatives involves risks that may be different from the risk associated with investing directly in the underlying assets, including the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying assets, interest rate or index. The return on a derivative security may increase or decrease, depending upon changes in the reference index or instrument to which it relates.
Derivatives are also subject to the risk that the counterparty will default on its obligations. If such a default occurs, the Portfolio will have to rely on its contractual remedies (which may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws) pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The use of derivatives is also subject to operational and legal risks. Operational risks generally refer to risks related to potential operational issues, including documentation issues, settlement issues, system failures, inadequate controls, and human error. Legal risks generally refer to risks of loss resulting from insufficient documentation or legality or enforceability of a contract.
The use of certain derivative instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the several options and futures exchanges upon which they may be traded, and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). An exclusion has been claimed for each of the Portfolios from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, and therefore, the Portfolio is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under that Act as of the date thereof.
Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act (“Rule 18f-4”) permits each Portfolio to enter into derivatives transactions (as defined below) and certain other transactions notwithstanding the restrictions on the issuance of senior securities contained in Section 18 of the 1940 Act, provided that each Portfolio complies with the conditions of the Rule. Section 18 of the 1940 Act, among other things, prohibits open-end funds, including the Portfolios, from issuing or selling any “senior security,” other than borrowing from a bank.
Under Rule 18f-4, “Derivatives Transactions” include the following: (1) any swap, security-based swap (including a contract for differences), futures contract, forward contract, option (excluding purchased options), any combination of the foregoing, or any similar instrument, under which each Portfolio is or may be required to make any payment or delivery of cash or other assets during the life of the instrument or at maturity or early termination, whether as margin or settlement payment or otherwise; (2) any short sale borrowing; (3) reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions (e.g., recourse and non-recourse tender option bonds, and borrowed bonds), if each Portfolio elects to treat these transactions as Derivatives Transactions under Rule 18f-4 (as opposed to including such transactions in that each Portfolio’s asset coverage ratio for borrowing as described below); and (4) when-issued or forward- settling securities (e.g., firm and standby commitments, including to-be-announced (“TBA”) commitments, and dollar rolls) and non-standard settlement cycle securities, unless the Portfolios intend to physically settle the transaction and the transaction will settle within 35 days of its trade date (the “Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision”).
Rule 18f-4 provides for the regulation of the use of derivatives and certain related instruments by registered investment companies. Rule 18f-4 prescribes specific value-at-risk leverage limits for certain derivatives users. In addition, Rule 18f-4 requires certain derivatives users to adopt and implement a derivatives risk management program (including the appointment of a derivatives risk manager and the implementation of certain testing requirements), and prescribes reporting requirements with respect to derivatives. Subject to certain conditions, if a fund qualifies as a “limited derivatives user,” as defined in Rule 18f-4, it is not subject to the full requirements of Rule 18f-4. In connection with the adoption of Rule 18f-4, the SEC rescinded certain of its prior guidance regarding asset segregation and coverage requirements in respect of derivatives transactions and related instruments. With respect to reverse repurchase agreements or other similar financing transactions in particular, Rule 18f-4 permits a fund to enter into such transactions if the fund either (i) complies with the asset coverage requirements of Section 18 of the 1940 Act, and combines the aggregate amount of indebtedness associated with all reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating the relevant asset coverage
| 7 |
ratio, or (ii) treats all reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions as derivatives transactions for all purposes under Rule 18f-4. Rule 18f-4 could restrict each Portfolio’s ability to engage in certain derivatives transactions and/or increase the costs of such derivatives transactions, which could adversely affect the value or performance of the Portfolios.
Exchange-Traded Funds
The Portfolios may invest in shares of registered open-end or closed-end investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). Some ETFs seek to track the performance of a particular market index and are a type of index fund bought and sold on a securities exchange. These indices include not only broad-market indices but more narrowly-based indices as well, including those relating to particular sectors, markets, regions or industries. ETF and listed closed-end fund shares are traded like traditional equity securities on a national securities exchange or NASDAQ National Market System. The Portfolios may purchase ETF shares as a way of gaining exposure to the segments of the equity or fixed-income markets represented by the ETF’s portfolio instead of buying those portfolio securities directly. ETF shares enjoy several advantages over futures. Depending on the market, the holding period, and other factors, ETF shares can be less costly than futures. In addition, ETF shares can be purchased for smaller sums and offer exposure to market sectors and styles for which there is no suitable or liquid futures contract. Because most ETFs are investment companies, the Portfolios’ purchases of ETF shares generally are subject to the percentage limitations and risks described below under “Investment Company Securities.”
An investment in an ETF or a closed-end fund generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional open-end fund (i.e., one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies, and policies. The price of an ETF or a closed-end fund can fluctuate within a wide range, and the Portfolios could lose money investing in such a fund if the prices of the stocks owned by it go down. In addition, ETFs and listed closed-end funds are subject to the following risks that do not apply to conventional open-end funds: (i) the market price of their shares may trade at a discount to their NAV; (ii) an active trading market for their shares may not develop or be maintained; or (iii) trading of their shares may be halted if the listing exchange’s officials deem such action appropriate, the shares are delisted from the exchange, or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halts stock trading generally.
Foreign Securities
The Disciplined International Equity ETF invests in foreign securities, either directly or through ADRs or GDRs. Such investments may involve higher costs than investments in U.S. securities, including higher transaction costs and additional taxes by foreign governments. Foreign investments may also present additional risks associated with currency exchange rates, differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, holding securities in domestic and foreign custodian banks and depositories, less complete financial information about the issuers, less market liquidity, and political instability. Future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of withholding taxes on dividends, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign holdings, the possible establishment of exchange controls, or the adoption of other governmental restrictions, might adversely affect the payment of dividends or principal and interest on foreign obligations. The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, which regulates auditors of U.S. public companies, is unable to inspect audit work papers in certain foreign countries. Investors in foreign countries often have limited rights and few practical remedies to pursue shareholder claims, including class actions or fraud claims, and the ability of the SEC, the U.S. Department of Justice and other authorities to bring and enforce actions against foreign issuers or foreign persons is limited.
Foreign securities markets also have different trading hours, holiday schedules, clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when assets of the Portfolio are uninvested and no return is earned. The inability of the Portfolio to make intended security purchases due to these and other settlement problems could cause such Portfolio to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of portfolio securities due to settlement problems could result in losses to the Portfolio due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio security or, if the Portfolio has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser. Additionally, the Portfolio may encounter difficulties or be unable to pursue legal remedies and obtain judgments in foreign courts.
| 8 |
Although the Portfolios are permitted to invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies, the Portfolios value their securities and other assets in U.S. dollars. As a result, the NAV of a Portfolio’s shares may fluctuate with U.S. dollar exchange rates as well as with price changes of each Portfolio’s securities in the various local markets and currencies. Thus, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the currencies in which the Portfolios make their investments could reduce the effect of increases and magnify the effect of decreases in the prices of the Portfolios’ securities in their local markets. Conversely, a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar will have the opposite effect of magnifying the effect of increases and reducing the effect of decreases in the prices of the Portfolios’ securities in their local markets. In addition to favorable and unfavorable currency exchange rate developments, the Portfolios are subject to the possible imposition of exchange control regulations or freezes on convertibility of currency.
International war or conflicts (including armed conflicts in Europe and the Middle East, as described below) and geopolitical events in foreign countries, along with instability in regions such as Asia, Eastern Europe and the Middle East, possible terrorist attacks in the United States or around the world, and other similar events could adversely affect the U.S. and foreign financial markets. Further, U.S. and Israel military action against Iran that began in February 2026 and Iran’s responses thereto, including attacks on marine vessels in the Strait of Hormuz, the U.S. military operation in Venezuela that started in January 2026, the Israel-Hamas conflict, including the Houthi movement’s attacks on marine vessels in the Red Sea, and Russia’s continued military actions against Ukraine that began in February 2022 and the U.S. responses to those actions may continue to have an impact on certain commodities markets, particularly the market for crude oil, commodity futures markets, including futures on crude oil, and the prices of oil funds. As a result, whether or not the Portfolios invest in securities located in or with significant exposure to the countries directly affected, the value and liquidity of the Portfolios’ investments may be negatively impacted. Further, due to closures of certain markets and restrictions on trading certain securities, the value of certain securities held by the Portfolios could be significantly impacted.
European countries can be significantly affected by the tight fiscal and monetary controls that the European Economic and Monetary Union (“EMU”) imposes on its members. Europe’s economies are diverse, its governments are decentralized, and its cultures vary widely. Several European Union (“EU”) countries have faced budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries. There is continued concern about national-level support for the euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among EMU member countries. Member countries are required to maintain tight control over inflation, public debt, and budget deficit to qualify for membership in the EMU. These requirements can severely limit the ability of EMU member countries to implement monetary policy to address regional economic conditions.
Other economic challenges facing Europe include high levels of public debt, significant rates of unemployment, aging populations, mass migrations from the Middle East and Africa and heavy regulation in certain economic sectors. European governments have taken unprecedented steps to respond to the economic crises and to boost growth in the region, which has increased the risk that regulatory uncertainty could negatively affect each Portfolio’s investments. In addition, ongoing armed conflict between Russia and Ukraine and the threat of wider-spread hostilities could have a severe adverse effect on the region and global economies, including significant negative impacts on the markets for certain securities and commodities, such as oil and natural gas. In addition, sanctions imposed on Russia by the United States and other countries, and any sanctions imposed in the future, could have a significant adverse impact on the Russian economy and related markets. The price and liquidity of investments may fluctuate widely as a result of the conflict and related events. How long the armed conflict and related events will last cannot be predicted. These tensions and any related events could have a significant impact on each Portfolio’s performance and the value of each Portfolio’s investments, even beyond any direct exposure each Portfolio may have to issuers located in these countries. The ultimate effects of these events and other socio-political or geopolitical issues are not known but could profoundly affect global economies and markets. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear, but could be significant and far-reaching.
The Portfolios may invest in emerging market countries. The risks described above apply to an even greater extent to investments in emerging market countries. The securities markets of emerging market countries are generally smaller, less developed, less liquid, and more volatile than the securities markets of the United States and developed foreign countries, and disclosure and regulatory standards in many respects are less stringent. In addition, the securities markets of emerging market countries are typically subject to a lower level of monitoring and regulation. Government enforcement of existing securities regulations is limited, and any such enforcement may be arbitrary and the results may be difficult to predict. In addition, reporting requirements of emerging countries with respect to the ownership of
| 9 |
securities are more likely to be subject to interpretation or changes without prior notice to investors than more developed countries. Developing countries may impose restrictions on each Portfolio’s ability to repatriate investment income or capital. Even if there is no outright restriction on repatriation of investment income or capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operations of the Portfolios.
Economies of emerging market countries generally are heavily dependent on international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be affected adversely by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values, and other protectionist measures imposed, threatened or negotiated by the countries with which they trade.
Economies of emerging market countries also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. The economies of emerging market countries may be predominantly based on only a few industries or dependent on revenues from particular commodities. Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years.
Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had and may continue to have negative effects on such countries’ economies and securities markets. Some of the currencies in emerging markets have experienced devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and major adjustments have been made periodically in certain of such currencies. Certain developing countries face serious exchange constraints.
Custodial services are often more expensive and other investment-related costs higher in emerging countries than in developed countries, which could reduce the Portfolios’ income from investments in securities or debt instruments of emerging country issuers.
Governments of some developing countries exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In some countries, the government owns or controls many companies, including the largest in the country. As such, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries in these regions, which could affect private sector companies, each Portfolio and the value of its securities. Furthermore, certain developing countries are among the largest debtors to commercial banks and foreign governments. Trading in debt obligations issued or guaranteed by such governments or their agencies and instrumentalities involves a high degree of risk.
Lastly, emerging market countries are more likely than developed countries to experience political uncertainty and instability, including the risk of war, terrorism, nationalization, limitations on the removal of funds or other assets, or diplomatic developments that affect U.S. investments in these countries. No assurance can be given that adverse political changes will not cause the Portfolios to suffer a loss of any or all of its investments (or, in the case of fixed-income securities, interest) in emerging market countries.
Forward Foreign Exchange Contracts
The Portfolios may enter into forward foreign exchange contracts, but such contracts may not be used for speculative purposes. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract as agreed by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee. The contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. A foreign currency futures contract is a standardized contract for the future delivery of a specified amount of a foreign currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract.
Foreign currency futures contracts traded in the United States are designed by and traded on exchanges regulated by the CFTC such as the New York Mercantile Exchange. The Portfolios would enter into foreign currency futures contracts solely for hedging or other appropriate investment purposes permitted by regulations which permit principals of an investment company registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, to engage in such transactions without registering or being regulated as commodity pool operators.
| 10 |
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts allow each Portfolio to hedge the currency risk of portfolio securities denominated in a foreign currency. This method of protecting the value of each Portfolio’s investment securities against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange at a future date. Although such contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase. Additionally, investments in foreign currency exchange contracts involve other risks similar to those accompanying direct investments in foreign securities.
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. For example, the maturity date of a forward contract may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, rather than a predetermined date in any given month. Forward contracts may be in any amounts agreed upon by the parties rather than predetermined amounts. Also, forward contracts are traded directly between currency traders so that no intermediary is required. A forward contract generally requires no margin or other deposit.
At the maturity of a forward contract, each Portfolio may either accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract, or at or prior to maturity enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing transactions with respect to forward contracts are usually affected with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract.
Illiquid Investments
The Disciplined International Equity ETF will not invest more than 10% of its total assets, at the time of purchase, in securities for which there are no readily available markets, and the Global Secured Options ETF will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in investments that are illiquid. These investments are subject to the risk that should each Portfolio need to dispose of such investments, there may not be a ready market or each Portfolio may have to sell such investments at an undesirable price. Illiquid investments are any investment that each Portfolio reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment (including repurchase agreements in excess of seven days).
Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, the Portfolios have established a liquidity risk management program. If the limitation on illiquid securities is exceeded, other than by a change in market values, the condition will be reported to the Board and, when required, to the SEC.
Indexed Securities
An indexed security is an instrument whose price is indexed to the price of another security, security index, currency, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically, but not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic.
The performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. Indexed securities may be more volatile than the underlying instruments. Indexed securities are also subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates. Recent issuers of indexed securities have included banks, corporations, and certain U.S. Government agencies.
Initial Public Offerings
An initial public offering (“IPO”) is a company’s first offering of stock to the public. The Global Secured Options ETF may invest in IPOs.
An IPO presents the risk that the market value of IPO shares will fluctuate considerably due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, the small number of shares available for trading and
| 11 |
limited information about the issuer. The purchase of IPO shares may involve high transaction costs. IPO shares are subject to market risk and liquidity risk.
When the Portfolio’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Portfolio’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the Portfolio. As the Portfolio’s assets grow, the effect of the Portfolio’s investments in IPOs on the Portfolio’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Portfolio’s performance. Because of the price volatility of IPO shares, the Portfolio may choose to hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the portfolio turnover and may lead to increased expenses to the Portfolio, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling IPO shares, the Portfolio may realize taxable gains it will subsequently distribute to shareholders. In addition, the market for IPO shares can be speculative and/or inactive for extended periods of time. There is no assurance that the Portfolio will be able to obtain allocable portions of IPO shares. The limited number of shares available for trading in some IPOs may make it more difficult for the Portfolio to buy or sell significant amounts of shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices. Investors in IPO shares can be affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders.
The Portfolio’s investments in IPO shares may include the securities of “unseasoned” companies (companies with less than three years of continuous operations), which present risks considerably greater than common stocks of more established companies. These companies may have limited operating histories and their prospects for profitability may be uncertain. These companies may be involved in new and evolving businesses and may be vulnerable to competition and changes in technology, markets and economic conditions. They may be more dependent on key managers and third parties and may have limited product lines.
Investment Company Securities
Each Portfolio may invest in securities issued by other open-end or closed-end investment companies, including ETFs. Each Portfolio may invest in securities issued by such other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, each Portfolio’s investment in such securities currently is limited to, subject to certain exceptions: (i) 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company; (ii) 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and (iii) 10% of the Portfolio’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate. Investments in the securities of other investment companies will involve duplication of advisory fees and certain other expenses. Rule 12d1-1 under the 1940 Act (“Rule 12d1-4”) permits a Portfolio to invest an unlimited amount of its uninvested cash in a money market fund so long as, among other things, said investment is consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objective. As a shareholder of another mutual fund, a Portfolio would bear its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s advisory fees and other expenses, in addition to the expenses the Portfolio bears directly in connection with its own operations. Furthermore, the investment company securities in which a Portfolio invests may decline in value. The SEC adopted certain regulatory changes and took other actions related to the ability of an investment company to invest in the securities of another investment company. These changes include, among other things, the rescission of certain SEC exemptive orders permitting investments in excess of the statutory limits and the withdrawal of certain related SEC staff no-action letters, and the adoption of Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act, which permits the Portfolios to invest in other investment companies beyond the statutory limits, subject to certain conditions. Pursuant to Rule 12d1-4 and procedures approved by the Board, certain Portfolios may invest in certain ETFs in excess of the limits described above, provided that the Glenmede Fund complies with Rule 12d1-4 and any other applicable investment limitations.
Each Portfolio’s shares may be purchased by other investment companies, including other Portfolios of the Fund. An investment company’s shares purchased by a Portfolio would be limited to 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the acquired investment company. For so long as a Portfolio invests in or accepts investments by other affiliated investment companies, it will not purchase securities of other investment companies, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.
Market Price Risk
The NAV of a Portfolio’s shares and the value of your investment may fluctuate. The market prices of a Portfolio’s shares will generally fluctuate in accordance with changes in NAV, changes in the intraday value of the Portfolio’s holdings, as well as the relative supply of and demand for the shares on the listing exchange. Although it
| 12 |
is expected that each Portfolio’s shares will remain listed on an exchange, disruptions to creations and redemptions, the existence of market volatility or lack of an active trading market for the shares (including through a trading halt), as well as other factors, may result in the shares trading significantly above (at a premium to) or below (at a discount to) the Portfolio’s NAV or the intraday value of the Portfolio’s holdings. During such periods, you may be unable to sell your shares or may incur significant losses if you sell your shares. There are various methods by which investors can purchase and sell shares and various orders that may be placed. Investors should consult their financial intermediary before purchasing or selling shares of the Portfolio. Neither the Advisor nor the Sub-Advisor can predict whether a Portfolio’s shares will trade below, at or above their NAV. Price differences may be due, in large part, to the fact that supply and demand forces at work in the secondary trading market for a Fund’s shares will be closely related to, but not identical to, the same forces influencing the prices of the Portfolio’s holdings trading individually or in the aggregate at any point in time. Authorized participants may be less willing to create or redeem Fund shares if there is a lack of an active market for such shares or a Portfolio’s underlying investments, which may contribute to the Portfolio’s shares trading at a premium or discount to NAV. In addition, unlike other types of ETFs, the Portfolios are not index funds. Each Portfolio is actively managed and does not seek to replicate the performance of a specified index. There can be no assurance as to whether and/or the extent to which a Portfolio’s shares will trade at premiums or discounts to NAV or to the intraday value of the Portfolio’s holdings.
No Guarantee of Active Trading Market Risk
While each Portfolio’s shares are listed on a national exchange, there can be no assurance that active trading markets for shares will be maintained by market makers or authorized participants. Decisions by market makers or authorized participants to reduce their role or “step away” from these activities in times of market stress may inhibit the effectiveness of the arbitrage process in maintaining the relationship between the underlying value of a Portfolio’s holdings and the Portfolio’s NAV. Such reduced effectiveness could result in a Portfolio’s shares trading at a discount to its NAV and also in greater than normal intraday bid/ask spreads for the Portfolio’s shares.
Real Estate Investment Trusts
Each Portfolio may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in real estate or real estate related loans. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Equity REITs may further be categorized by the type of real estate securities they own, such as apartment properties, retail shopping centers, office and industrial properties, hotels, healthcare facilities, manufactured housing and mixed property types. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs. Like regulated investment companies such as the Portfolios, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with certain requirements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). A Portfolio will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Portfolio.
Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by such REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified (except to the extent the Code requires) and are subject to the risks of financing projects. REITs are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibilities of failing to qualify for the exemption from tax for distributed income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from the 1940 Act. REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. Investing in REITs also involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. That is, they may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to abrupt or erratic price movements in comparison to larger capitalization companies.
In addition, the value of such securities may fluctuate in response to the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers of mortgage-related securities owned by a Portfolio. Because investments in mortgage-related securities are interest sensitive, the ability of the issuer to reinvest or to reinvest favorably in underlying mortgages may be limited by government regulation or tax policy. For example, action by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to limit the growth of the nation’s money supply may cause interest rates to rise and thereby
| 13 |
reduce the volume of new residential mortgages. Additionally, although mortgages and mortgage-related securities are generally supported by some form of government or private guarantees and/or insurance, there is no assurance that private guarantors or insurers will be able to meet their obligation. Lastly, the value of securities issued by REITs is affected by tax and regulatory requirements. They also may be affected by general economic conditions and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers or tenants, self-liquidation at an economically disadvantageous time, and the possibility of failing to qualify for favorable tax treatment under applicable U.S. or foreign law and/or to maintain exempt status under the 1940 Act.
Options
Purchasing Put and Call Options. The Global Secured Options ETF may purchase put and call options on any securities in which it may invest and on securities indices. An option is a contract giving its owner the right, but not the obligation, to buy (call) or sell (put) a specified instrument at a fixed price during a specified period. Options have various types of underlying instruments, including specific securities and indices of securities prices. Futures contracts may underlay options written by the Global Secured Options ETF.
By purchasing a put option, the purchaser obtains the right to sell the option’s underlying instrument at a fixed strike price within a specified time period. In return for this right, the purchaser pays the current market price (premium) for the option. The purchaser may terminate its position in a put option by allowing it to expire or by exercising the option. If the option is allowed to expire, the purchaser will lose the entire premium. If the option is exercised, the purchaser completes the sale of the underlying instrument at the strike price. A purchaser may also terminate a put option position by closing it out in the secondary market at its current price, if a liquid secondary market exists.
The Portfolio will normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in the market value of securities or index. The Portfolio will ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying instrument decreases below the exercise price sufficiently to more than cover the premium and transaction costs; otherwise the Portfolio will realize either no gain or will suffer a loss on the premium paid for the put option. Gains and losses on the purchase of put options will tend to be offset by countervailing changes in the value of the underlying portfolio securities.
The features of call options are essentially the same as those of put options, except that the purchaser of a call option obtains the right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option’s strike price within a specified time period. A Portfolio normally purchases call options in anticipation of an increase in the market value of the underlying instrument. A Portfolio will ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of such securities exceeds the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs; otherwise the Portfolio will realize either no gain or will suffer a loss on the premium paid for the call option.
Writing Put and Call Options. The Global Secured Options ETF may write covered put and call options on any securities in which it may invest and on securities indices. The writer (seller) of a put or call option takes the opposite side of the transaction from the option’s purchaser. In return for receipt of the premium, the writer of a put option assumes the obligation to pay the strike price for or purchase the option’s underlying instrument if the other party to the option chooses to exercise it within a specified time period. The writer may seek to terminate a position in a put option before exercise by closing out the option in the secondary market at its current price. If the secondary market is not liquid for a put option, however, the writer must continue to be prepared to pay the strike price while the option is outstanding, regardless of price change.
If security prices rise, a put writer would generally expect to profit, although its gain would be limited to the amount of the premium it received. If security prices remain the same over time, it is likely that the writer will also profit, because it should be able to close out the option at a lower price. If security prices fall, the put writer would expect to suffer a loss. This loss should be less than the loss from purchasing the underlying instrument directly, however, because the premium received for writing the option should mitigate the effects of the decline.
Writing a call option obligates the writer to sell or deliver the option’s underlying instrument, in return for the strike price, upon exercise of the option within a specified time period. The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing put options, except that writing calls is generally a profitable strategy if prices remain the same or fall. Through receipt of the option premium, a call writer mitigates the effects of a price decline. At the same
| 14 |
time, because a call writer must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument in return for the strike price, even if its current value is greater, a call writer gives up some ability to participate in security price increases. At the same time, the seller retains the risk of loss from a decline in the value of the underlying security during the option period. Although the seller may terminate its obligation by executing a closing purchase transaction, the cost of effecting such a transaction may be greater than the premium received upon its sale, resulting in a loss to the seller. If such an option expires unexercised, the seller realizes a gain equal to the premium received. Such a gain may be offset or exceeded by a decline in the market value of the underlying security during the option period. If an option is exercised, the exercise price, the premium received and the change in the market value of the underlying security during the option period determine the gain or loss realized by the seller. If the Portfolio writes a call option on a security it does not hold and the option is exercised by the buyer, the Portfolio will temporarily be in a short position until the underlying security is purchased and delivered to the buyer.
Options on Securities Indices. The Global Secured Options ETF may write (sell) and buy options on securities indices. An option on a securities index is generally similar to an option on an individual stock, but an option on a securities index is settled only in cash. The exercising holder of an index option, instead of receiving a security, receives the difference between the closing price of the securities index and the exercise price of the index option times a specified multiple ($100 in the case of the S&P 500® Index). The seller of index options may realize a gain or loss according to movement in the level of securities prices in that index and in the securities markets generally. The Portfolio will purchase and sell put and call options on securities indices for the same purposes as it will purchase and sell options on individual securities.
The Portfolio can execute a closing purchase transaction with respect to the option it has sold and sells another option (with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both). The cost of a closing transaction, while reducing the premium income realized from the sale of the option, should be offset, at least in part, by appreciation in the value of the underlying index (to the extent movements in the Portfolio’s securities portfolio are positively correlated with the value of the index underlying the option), and by the opportunity to realize additional premium income from selling a new option.
When the Portfolio sells an index call option, it does not deliver the underlying stocks or cash to the broker through whom the transaction is effected. In the case of an exchange-traded option, the Portfolio establishes an escrow account. The Glenmede Fund’s custodian (or a securities depository acting for the custodian) acts as the Glenmede Fund’s escrow agent. The escrow agent enters into documents known as escrow receipts with respect to the stocks included in the Portfolio (or escrow receipts with respect to other acceptable securities). The escrow agent releases the stocks from the escrow account when the call option expires or the Portfolio enters into a closing purchase transaction. Until such release, the underlying stocks cannot be sold by the Portfolio. The Portfolio may enter into similar collateral arrangements with the counterparty when it sells over the counter index call options.
The purchaser of an index call option sold by the Portfolio may exercise the option at a price fixed as of the closing level of the index on the date of exercise. Unless the Portfolio has liquid assets sufficient to satisfy the exercise of the index call option, the Portfolio would be required to liquidate portfolio securities to satisfy the exercise. The market value of such securities may decline between the time the option is exercised and the time the Portfolio is able to sell the securities. If the Portfolio fails to anticipate an exercise, it may have to borrow from a bank pending settlement of the sale of the portfolio securities and thereby incurring interest charges. If trading is interrupted on the index option markets, the Portfolio would not be able to close out its option positions.
The Portfolio reserves the right to modify its coverage policies in the future to comply with any changes in positions from time to time articulated by the SEC or its staff.
Combined Positions. The Global Secured Options ETF may use combined positions. A combined position involves purchasing and writing options in combination with each other, or, in the case of the Global Secured Options ETF, in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, purchasing a put option and writing a call option on the same underlying instrument would construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract. Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.
| 15 |
Over-the-Counter Options. The Global Secured Options ETF may use combined OTC options. Unlike exchange-traded options, which are standardized with respect to the underlying instrument, expiration date, contract size, and strike price, the terms of OTC options (options not traded on exchanges) generally are established through negotiation with the other party to the option contract. While this type of arrangement allows the purchaser or writer greater flexibility to tailor an option to its needs, OTC options generally are less liquid and involve greater credit risk than exchange-traded options, which are guaranteed by the clearing organization of the exchanges where they are traded. In addition, OTC options are not subject to the same type of government regulation as exchange-traded options, and many of the protections afforded to participants in a regulated environment may not be available in connection with the OTC transactions.
Swaps. The Global Secured Options ETF may enter into swaps, including security-based swaps (herein, “swaps”), for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to pay or exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular assets, which may be adjusted for transaction costs, interest payments, dividends paid on the referenced assets or other factors. The gross returns to be paid or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” for example, the increase or decrease in value of a particular dollar amount invested in the assets. The agreement can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. For example, index swaps involve the exchange by a party with another party of the respective amounts payable with respect to the notional principal amount at interest rates equal to specified indices; interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a party with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments; and equity swaps are generally contracts that obligate one party to pay the positive return and the other party to pay the negative return on a specific security or basket of securities.
Under a swap, payments may be made at the conclusion of the swap or periodically during its term. Normally, however, the Advisor may terminate a swap contract prior to its term, subject to any potential termination fee that is in addition to a Portfolio’s accrued obligation under the swap.
The Portfolio will generally enter into swaps on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Portfolio receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Payments may be made at the conclusion of a swap contract or periodically during its term. Since swaps normally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets, the risk of loss with respect to swaps is normally limited to the net amount of payments that the Portfolio is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to a swap defaults, the Portfolio’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Portfolio is contractually entitled to receive, if any. Inasmuch as these transactions are entered into for hedging purposes, the Portfolio and the Advisor believe that transactions do not constitute senior securities under the 1940 Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to the Portfolio’s borrowing restrictions.
Futures Contracts. The Global Secured Options ETF may purchase futures contracts. In purchasing a futures contract, the buyer agrees to purchase a specified underlying instrument at a specified future date. In selling a futures contract, the seller agrees to sell a specified underlying instrument at a specified future date. The price at which the purchase and sale will take place is fixed when the buyer and seller enter into the contract. Some currently available futures contracts are based on specific securities and some are based on indices of securities prices. Futures can be held until their delivery dates, or can be closed out before then if a liquid secondary market is available.
The value of a futures contract tends to increase and decrease in tandem with the value of its underlying instrument. Therefore, purchasing futures contracts will tend to increase the purchaser’s exposure to positive and negative price fluctuations in the underlying instrument, much as if it had purchased the underlying instrument directly. When selling a futures contract, by contrast, the value of the futures position will tend to move in a direction contrary to the market. Selling futures contracts, therefore, will tend to offset both positive and negative market price changes, much as if the underlying instrument had been sold. However, there is a risk that the price behavior of the futures contract may not correlate with that of the instrument being hedged.
Options on Futures Contracts. The Global Secured Options ETF may transact in options on futures contracts. An option on a futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at
| 16 |
any time prior to the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option plus transaction costs. The potential for loss related to writing options is unlimited.
Risks of Futures Contracts. While the Global Secured Options ETF may benefit from the use of futures and options on futures, unanticipated changes in securities prices may result in poorer overall performance than if the Portfolio had not entered into any futures contracts or options transactions. Because perfect correlation between a futures position and a portfolio position that is intended to be protected is impossible to achieve, the desired protection may not be obtained and the Portfolio may be exposed to additional risk of loss. The loss incurred by the Portfolio in entering into futures contracts and in writing call options on futures is potentially unlimited and may exceed the amount of the premium received. In addition, futures markets are highly volatile and the use of futures may increase the volatility of the Portfolio’s NAV. As a result of the low margin deposits normally required in futures trading, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in substantial losses to the Portfolio.
In addition, there is no assurance a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular options or futures contract at any particular time. Options may have relatively low trading volume and liquidity if their strike prices are not close to the underlying instrument’s current price. In addition, exchanges may establish daily price fluctuation limits for options and futures contracts, and may halt trading if a contract’s price moves upward or downward more than the limit in a given day. On volatile trading days when the price fluctuation limit is reached or a trading halt is imposed, it may be impossible to enter into new positions or close out existing positions. If the secondary market for a contract is not liquid because of price fluctuation limits or otherwise, it could prevent prompt liquidation of unfavorable positions, and potentially could require the Portfolio to continue to hold a position until delivery or expiration regardless of changes in its value.
The Portfolio reserves the right to modify its asset segregation policies in the future to comply with any changes in the positions from time to time articulated by the SEC or its staff.
Repurchase Agreements
Each Portfolio may enter into repurchase agreements with qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions deemed creditworthy by the Advisor. The Global Secured Options ETF may enter into repurchase agreements if entering into such agreements would cause, at the time of entering into such agreements, more than 20% of the value of the total assets of the Portfolio to be subject to repurchase agreements. The Disciplined International Equity ETF will generally enter into repurchase transactions to invest cash reserves and for temporary defensive purposes.
In effect, by entering into a repurchase agreement, the Portfolio is lending its funds to the seller at the agreed upon interest rate, and receiving a security as collateral for the loan. Such agreements can be entered into for periods of one day (overnight repo) or for a fixed term (term repo). Repurchase agreements are a common way to earn interest income on short-term funds.
In a repurchase agreement, a Portfolio purchases a security and simultaneously commits to resell that security at a future date to the seller (a qualified bank or securities dealer) at an agreed upon price plus an agreed upon market rate of interest (itself unrelated to the coupon rate or date of maturity of the purchased security). The seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain the value of the securities which are subject to the agreement and held by a Portfolio at not less than the agreed upon repurchase price.
If the seller defaults on its repurchase obligation, a Portfolio holding such obligation will suffer a loss to the extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying securities (including accrued interest) were less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) under the agreement. In the event that such a defaulting seller files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, disposition of such securities by a Portfolio might be delayed pending court action.
| 17 |
Repurchase agreements that do not provide for payment to a Portfolio within seven days after notice without taking a reduced price are considered illiquid investments.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
The Disciplined International Equity ETF may enter into reverse repurchase agreements. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the Portfolio sells a security and simultaneously commits to repurchase that security at a future date from the buyer. In effect, a Portfolio is temporarily borrowing funds at an agreed upon interest rate from the purchaser of the security, and the sale of the security represents collateral for the loan. The Portfolio retains record ownership of the security and the right to receive interest and principal payments on the security. At an agreed upon future date, the Portfolio repurchases the security by remitting the proceeds previously received, plus interest. In certain types of agreements, there is no agreed upon repurchase date and interest payments are calculated daily, often based on the prevailing overnight repurchase rate. These agreements, which are treated as if reestablished each day, are expected to provide the Portfolio with a flexible borrowing tool. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings by a Portfolio under the 1940 Act. Rule 18f-4 permits a Portfolio to enter into reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions (e.g., recourse and nonrecourse tender option bonds, borrowed bonds) notwithstanding the limitation on the issuance of senior securities in Section 18 of the 1940 Act, provided that the Portfolio either (i) complies with the 300% asset coverage ratio with respect to such transactions and any other borrowings in the aggregate, or (ii) treats such transactions as derivative transactions under Rule 18f-4.
A Portfolio’s investment of the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement is the speculative factor known as leverage. The Portfolio may enter into a reverse repurchase agreement only if the interest income from investment of the proceeds is greater than the interest expense of the transaction and the proceeds are invested for a period no longer than the term of the agreement. The Portfolio will maintain liquid securities at least equal to its purchase obligations under these agreements. The Advisor will consider the creditworthiness of the other party in determining whether a Portfolio will enter into a reverse repurchase agreement.
The use of reverse repurchase agreements involves certain risks. For example, the securities acquired by a Portfolio with the proceeds of such an agreement may decline in value, although the Portfolio is obligated to repay the proceeds. In addition, the market value of the securities sold by a Portfolio may decline below the repurchase price, to which the Portfolio remains committed.
Securities Lending
The Disciplined International Equity ETF may lend its portfolio securities with a value of up to one-third of its total assets (including the value of the collateral for the loans) to qualified brokers, dealers, banks and other financial institutions who need to borrow securities in order to complete certain transactions, such as covering short sales, avoiding failures to deliver securities or completing arbitrage operations. By lending its investment securities, a Portfolio attempts to increase its income through the receipt of interest on the loan. Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned that might occur during the term of the loan would be for the account of the Portfolio. A Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities only when the terms, the structure and the aggregate amount of such loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the SEC thereunder. All relevant facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the broker, dealer or institution, will be considered by the Advisor in making decisions with respect to the lending of securities, subject to review by the Board.
When lending portfolio securities, the securities may not be available to a Portfolio on a timely basis. Therefore, a Portfolio may lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Such loans would also involve risks of delay in receiving additional collateral if the value of the collateral decreases below the value of the securities loaned or even the loss of rights to the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. Additionally, if a borrower of securities files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, disposition of the securities may be delayed pending court action. A Portfolio may also record realized gain or loss on securities deemed sold due to a borrower’s inability to return securities on loan. A Portfolio may, from time to time, pay negotiated fees in connection with the lending of securities. State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) serves as the Fund’s securities lending agent. For these services, the lending agent receives a fee based on the income earned on a Portfolio’s investment of cash received as collateral for the loaned securities, a portion of any loan premium paid by the borrower, and reimbursement of expenses advanced as a result of a Portfolio’s securities lending activities, if any.
| 18 |
The lending agent may, on behalf of the Portfolios, invest the cash collateral received in short-term money market instruments, including commercial paper, money market mutual funds, certificates of deposit, time deposits and other short-term bank obligations, securities issued by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, repurchase agreements and other highly rated liquid investments. These investments may include mutual funds, with respect to which State Street and/or its affiliates provide investment management or advisory, trust, custody, transfer agency, shareholder servicing and/or other services for which they are compensated.
Secondary Trading Market Issues Risk
Trading in shares on an exchange may be halted due to market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the exchange, make trading in shares inadvisable. In addition, trading in shares on an exchange is subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to the exchange’s “circuit breaker” rules. If a trading halt or unanticipated early closing of exchange occurs, a shareholder may be unable to purchase or sell shares of a Portfolio. There can be no assurance that the exchange’s requirements for maintaining the listing of a Portfolio will continue to be met or will remain unchanged.
While the creation/redemption feature is designed to make it likely that shares normally will trade close to a Portfolio’s NAV, market prices are not expected to correlate exactly to the Portfolio’s NAV due to timing reasons, supply and demand imbalances and other factors. In addition, disruptions to creations and redemptions, adverse developments impacting market makers, authorized participants or other market participants, high market volatility or lack of an active trading market for the shares (including through a trading halt) may result in market prices for shares of a Portfolio that differ significantly from its NAV or to the intra-day value of the Portfolio’s holdings. If an investor purchases shares at a time when the market price is at a premium to the NAV of the shares or sells at a time when the market price is at a discount to the NAV of the shares, then the investor may sustain losses.
Given the nature of the relevant markets for certain of the securities held by a Portfolio, shares may trade at a larger premium or discount to NAV than shares of other kinds of ETFs. In addition, the securities held by a Portfolio may be traded in markets that close at a different time than the exchange on which the Portfolio is listed. Liquidity in those securities may be reduced after the applicable closing times. Accordingly, during the time when such exchange is open but after the applicable market closing, fixing or settlement times, bid/ask spreads and the resulting premium or discount to the shares’ NAV may widen.
When you buy or sell shares of a Portfolio through a broker, you will likely incur a brokerage commission or other charges imposed by brokers. In addition, the market price of shares, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid- ask spread” charged by the market makers or other participants that trade the particular security. The spread of a Portfolio’s shares varies over time based on the Portfolio’s trading volume and market liquidity and may increase if the Portfolio’s trading volume, the spread of the Portfolio’s underlying securities, or market liquidity decrease. In times of severe market disruption, including when trading of a Portfolio’s holdings may be halted, the bid-ask spread may increase significantly. This means that shares may trade at a discount to a Portfolio’s NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest during significant market volatility.
Shares of a Portfolio, similar to shares of other issuers listed on a stock exchange, may be sold short and are, therefore, subject to the risk of increased volatility and price decreases associated with being sold short.
U.S. Government Obligations
The Portfolios may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities.
Direct obligations of the U.S. Government such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds are supported by its full faith and credit. Indirect obligations issued by Federal agencies and government-sponsored entities generally are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Some of these indirect obligations may be supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. Further, from time to time, uncertainty regarding the status of negotiations in the U.S. government to increase the
| 19 |
statutory debt ceiling could impact the creditworthiness of the U.S. and could impact the liquidity of the U.S. Government securities markets and ultimately the Portfolios. Please refer to Appendix A for further information about U.S. Government obligations.
“When Issued,” “Delayed Settlement” and “Forward Delivery” Securities
Each Portfolio may purchase and sell securities on a “when issued,” “delayed settlement” or “forward delivery” basis. “When issued” or “forward delivery” refers to securities whose terms and indenture are available and for which a market exists, but which are not available for immediate delivery. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or delayed- delivery basis may be settled after a period longer than the regular settlement time of trade date plus two business days. “Delayed settlement” is a term used to describe settlement of a securities transaction in the secondary market which will occur sometime in the future.
A Portfolio will engage in “when issued” transactions to obtain what is considered to be an advantageous price and yield at the time of the transaction. When a Portfolio engages in “when issued,” “delayed settlement” or “forward delivery” transactions, it will do so for the purpose of acquiring securities consistent with its investment objective and policies and not for the purpose of speculation. Each Portfolio’s “when issued,” “delayed settlement” and “forward delivery” commitments are not expected to exceed 30% of its total assets absent unusual market circumstances. Subject to the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision of Rule 18f-4 and consistent with the requirements discussed under “Derivative Instruments,” above, each Portfolio will only sell securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis to offset securities purchased on a when-issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis.
Securities purchased or sold on a “when issued,” “delayed settlement” or “forward delivery” basis are subject to changes in value based upon changes in the general level of interest rates. In when-issued and delayed settlement transactions, a Portfolio relies on the seller to complete the transaction; the seller’s failure to do so may cause a Portfolio to miss an advantageous price or yield.
Continuous Offering
The method by which Creation Unit Aggregations of shares are created and traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Unit Aggregations of shares are issued and sold by the Portfolios on an ongoing basis, at any point a “distribution,” as such term is used in the Securities Act, may occur. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner which could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery requirement and liability provisions of the Securities Act.
For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes Creation Unit Aggregations after placing an order with the Fund’s Distributor (Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”)), breaks them down into constituent shares, and sells such shares directly to customers, or if it chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act must take into account all the facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case, and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to a categorization as an underwriter.
Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, generally are required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to shares of a Portfolio are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the Securities Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act owed to an exchange member in connection with the sale on the Listing Exchange is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the Listing Exchanges upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is only available with respect to transactions on an exchange.
| 20 |
PRICE OF PORTFOLIO SHARES
The NAV per share of each class of shares of each Portfolio is determined by dividing the total market value of its investments and other assets, less liabilities allocated to that share class, by the total number of its shares outstanding of that class.
Equity securities and options listed on a U.S. securities exchange, including ETFs, for which quotations are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price as of the close of the exchange’s regular trading hours on the day the valuation is made. Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the security is primarily traded. Unlisted U.S. equity securities and listed securities not traded on the valuation date for which market quotations are readily available are valued not in excess of the asked prices or less than the bid prices. If no sales are reported, listed options are valued at the mean of the bid and ask price. Investments in open-ended investment companies are valued at their respective NAVs as reported by such companies.
Marketable fixed-income securities are valued according to the broadest and most representative market, which will ordinarily be the OTC market, at the most recent quoted bid price, or when stock exchange valuations are used, at the latest quoted sale price on the day of valuation. If there is not such a reported sale, the latest quoted bid price will be used. NAV includes interest on fixed-income securities which is accrued daily. In addition, bond and other fixed-income securities may be valued on the basis of prices provided by a pricing service or by using a matrix or formula, when a Portfolio’s advisor believes such prices reflect the fair market value of such securities. The prices provided by a pricing service are determined without regard to bid or last sale prices, but take into account institutional size trading in similar groups of securities and any developments related to specific securities. The matrix pricing method values securities by reference to prices of comparable securities obtained from sources the Portfolio’s advisor deems accurate and reliable. Debt securities with maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase are valued at amortized cost, which does not take into account unrealized gains or losses. The amortized cost method involves valuing an instrument at its cost and thereafter assuming a constant amortization to maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the instrument. While this method provides certainty in valuation, it may result in periods during which value, as determined by amortized cost, is higher or lower than the price the Portfolio would receive if it sold the instrument.
Securities listed on a foreign exchange and unlisted foreign securities are valued at the latest quoted sales price available when assets are valued. For the Global Secured Options ETF and Disciplined International Equity ETF, if a subsequent occurrence, based on the movement of an index, is believed to have changed such value, however, the Fund may use a fair valuation model to value those securities in order to adjust for events which may occur between the close of the foreign exchanges and the close of the NYSE. Foreign securities for which market quotations are not readily available or for which the above valuation procedures are deemed not to reflect fair value are valued in a manner that is intended to reflect their fair value as determined in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. Foreign securities may trade on days when shares of a Portfolio are not priced; and as a result, the NAV of shares of such Portfolio may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem the Portfolio’s shares. Foreign currency amounts are translated into U.S. dollars at the bid prices of such currencies against U.S. dollars last quoted by a major bank.
When market quotations are unavailable or when events occur that make established valuation methods unreliable, the Portfolios’ investments will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith using methods determined by the Board. The Board has designated the Advisor to serve as the valuation designee (in such capacity, the “Valuation Designee”) with respect to the Portfolios’ securities for which valuations are not readily available. The Valuation Designee works with State Street, the Fund’s custodian, to regularly test the accuracy of the fair value prices by comparing them with values that are available from other sources. At each regularly scheduled Board meeting, a report by the Valuation Designee is submitted describing any security that has been fair valued and the basis for the fair value determination.
Shares are purchased or sold on a national securities exchange at market prices, which may be higher or lower than NAV. No secondary sales will be made to brokers or dealers at a concession by the Distributor or by the Portfolio. Purchases and sales of shares in the secondary market, which will not involve the Fund, will be subject to customary brokerage commissions and charges. Transactions in shares will be priced at NAV only if you purchase or redeem shares directly from a Portfolio in Creation Units.
| 21 |
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
The Disciplined International Equity ETF and Global Secured Options ETF may engage in active short-term trading to benefit from price disparities among different issues of securities or among the markets for equity securities, or for other reasons. It is anticipated that the portfolio turnover may vary greatly from year to year as well as within a particular year, and may be affected by changes in the holdings of specific issuers, changes in country and currency weightings, cash requirements for redemption of shares and by requirements which enable the Portfolios to receive favorable tax treatment. The Portfolios are not restricted by policy with regard to portfolio turnover and will make changes in their investment portfolio from time to time as business and economic conditions as well as market prices may dictate.
A high portfolio turnover rate can result in corresponding increases in brokerage commissions; however, the Advisor will not consider turnover rate a limiting factor in making investment decisions consistent with that Portfolio’s investment objective and policies.
The portfolio turnover rate disclosed in the financial highlights for the Global Secured Options Portfolio for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2024 was zero because all trading activity in the Portfolio during that year was short term and is excluded for portfolio turnover calculations. The portfolio turnover rate disclosed in the financial highlights for the Global Secured Options Portfolio for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025 was higher than the prior fiscal year because trading activity in the Portfolio included longer term investments.
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
As ETFs, information about each Portfolio’s portfolio holdings is made available on a daily basis in accordance with the regulations of each Portfolio’s Listing Exchange and other applicable SEC regulations, orders and no-action relief. In addition, the Portfolios described in this SAI currently intend to publish certain other portfolio characteristics information on the Fund’s website on a daily basis. Such information typically reflects a Portfolio’s anticipated portfolio holdings as of the next Business Day. This information is used in connection with the creation and redemption process and is disseminated on a daily basis through the facilities of the Listing Exchanges, the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) and/or third-party service providers.
A “Business Day” is any day on which the Listing Exchanges are open for business. As of the date of this SAI, the Listing Exchanges observes the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.
The Advisor will disclose on its website at the start of each Business Day the identities and quantities of the securities and other assets held by each Fund that will form the basis of the Portfolio’s calculation of its NAV on that Business Day. The portfolio holdings so disclosed are based on information as of the close of business on the prior Business Day and/or trades that have been completed prior to the opening of business on that Business Day and that are expected to settle on that Business Day.
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS
Each Portfolio is subject to the following restrictions. The numbered restrictions are fundamental policies and may not be changed without the approval of the lesser of: (1) 67% of the voting securities of the affected Portfolio present at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the affected Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the affected Portfolio.
The Disciplined International Equity ETF will not:
| (1) | invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except that the Portfolio may invest in futures contracts and options; |
| (2) | purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real estate; |
| 22 |
| (3) | make loans, except (i) by purchasing bonds, debentures or similar obligations (including repurchase agreements, subject to the limitation described in investment limitation (9) below, and money market instruments, including bankers’ acceptances and commercial paper, and selling securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis) which are publicly or privately distributed, and (ii) by lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the SEC thereunder; |
| (4) | purchase on margin or sell short, except as specified above in investment limitation (1); |
| (5) | purchase more than 10% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer; |
| (6) | issue senior securities, except that the Portfolio may borrow money in accordance with investment limitation below, purchase securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis and enter into reverse repurchase agreements; |
| (7) | borrow money, except as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, and then not in excess of 10% of its total assets at the time of the borrowing (entering into reverse repurchase agreements and purchasing securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis are not subject to this investment limitation); |
| (8) | pledge, mortgage, or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater than 10% of its total assets at fair market value, except as described in the Prospectus and this SAI and in connection with entering into futures contracts, but the deposit of assets in a segregated account in connection with the writing of covered put and call options and the purchase of securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis and collateral arrangements with respect to initial or variation margin for futures contracts will not be deemed to be pledges of a Portfolio’s assets or the purchase of any securities on margin for purposes of this investment limitation; |
| (9) | underwrite the securities of other issuers or invest more than an aggregate of 10% of the total assets of the Portfolio, at the time of purchase, in securities for which there are no readily available markets, including repurchase agreements which have maturities of more than seven days or, in the case of the Portfolio, securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale; |
| (10) | invest for the purpose of exercising control over management of any company; |
| (11) | invest its assets in securities of any investment company, except in connection with mergers, acquisitions of assets or consolidations and except as may otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act; |
| (12) | acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry; provided, however, that there shall be no limitation on the purchase of obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities; and |
| (13) | write or acquire options or interests in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs. |
| (14) | with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities). |
If the Portfolio’s borrowings are in excess of 5% (excluding overdrafts) of its total net assets, additional portfolio purchases will not be made until the amount of such borrowing is reduced to 5% or less.
With respect to the Disciplined International Equity ETF, borrowings including reverse repurchase agreements and securities purchased on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis may not exceed 331∕3% of the Portfolio’s total net assets.
With respect to investment limitations (7) and (8), the Disciplined International Equity ETF may borrow money as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, enter into reverse repurchase agreements and purchase securities on a when-issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis, which activities may involve a borrowing, provided that the aggregate of such borrowings shall not exceed 331∕3% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings) and may pledge up to 331∕3% of the value of its total assets to secure borrowings.
| 23 |
As a matter of policy, which may be changed by the Board for any Portfolio without shareholder approval, with respect to limitation (12), the Portfolio will not invest more than 25% of the value of their respective total assets in any one industry or group of industries, including instruments issued by U.S. banks.
In addition, with respect to investment limitation (12), (a) there is no limitation with respect to (i) instruments issued or guaranteed by the United States, any state, territory or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia or any of their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, and (ii) repurchase agreements secured by the instruments described in clause (i); (b) wholly-owned finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents; and (c) utilities will be divided according to their services; for example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas, electric and telephone will each be considered a separate industry.
With regard to limitation (13), the purchase of securities of a corporation, a subsidiary of which has an interest in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs shall not be deemed to be prohibited by the limitation.
The Global Secured Options ETF will not:
| (1) | invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except that the Portfolio may invest in futures contracts, options, swaps and other derivative instruments; |
| (2) | purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real estate; |
| (3) | make loans, except (1) by purchasing bonds, debentures or similar obligations (including repurchase agreements and money market instruments, including bankers’ acceptances and commercial paper, and selling securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis) which are publicly or privately distributed, and (2) by lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the SEC thereunder; |
| (4) | purchase more than 10% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer; |
| (5) | issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate applicable law; |
| (6) | borrow money, except (1) as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, and then not in excess of 10% of its total assets at the time of the borrowing (entering into reverse repurchase agreements, and purchasing securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis are not subject to this investment limitation), (2) the Portfolio may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities, and (3) the Portfolio may purchase securities on margin to the extent permitted by applicable law. Derivative transactions such as options, futures contracts and swaps are not considered to involve borrowings of money and are not subject to these restrictions; |
| (7) | pledge, mortgage, or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater than 10% of its total assets at fair market value, except as described in the Prospectus and this SAI and in connection with entering into futures contracts, but the deposit of assets in a segregated account in connection with futures, swaps, put and call options and the purchase of securities on a when issued, delayed settlement or forward delivery basis or other permitted investment techniques and collateral arrangements with respect to initial or variation margin for such transactions will not be deemed to be pledges or other encumbrance of the Portfolio’s assets or the purchase of any securities on margin for purposes of this investment limitation; |
| (8) | invest for the purpose of exercising control over management of any company; |
| (9) | invest its assets in securities of any investment company, except in connection with mergers, acquisitions of assets or consolidations and except as may otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act; |
| (10) | acquire any securities of companies within one industry if, as a result of such acquisition, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of companies within such industry; provided, however, that there shall be no limitation on the purchase of obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities; |
| (11) | invest in interests in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs; |
| (12) | with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, enterprises or instrumentalities); and |
| 24 |
| (13) | underwrite the securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriting. |
As a matter of policy which may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval, the Portfolio will not invest more than an aggregate of 15% of the net assets of the Portfolio, at the time of purchase, in illiquid securities.
In addition, with respect to investment limitation (10), (a) there is no limitation with respect to (i) instruments issued or guaranteed by the United States, any state, territory or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia or any of their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, and (ii) repurchase agreements secured by the instruments described in clause (i); (b) wholly-owned finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents; and (c) utilities will be divided according to their services; for example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas, electric and telephone will each be considered a separate industry. In addition, the Portfolio will not invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in any one industry or group of industries.
With regard to limitation (11), the purchase of securities of a corporation, a subsidiary of which has an interest in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs shall not be deemed to be prohibited by the limitation.
If a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time an investment is made, a later increase in percentage resulting from a change in value or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction except as to limitations on borrowings.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
The Fund’s officers, under the supervision of the Board, manage the day-to-day operations of the Fund. The Board members set broad policies for the Fund and choose its officers. The Fund’s Board members hold office until the earliest of (i) the next meeting of shareholders, if any, called for the purpose of considering the election or re-election of such member and until the election and qualification of his/her successor, if any, elected at such meeting, or (ii) the date he or she dies, resigns or retires, or is removed by the Board or shareholders. The Fund’s Officers are elected by the Board and hold office for the term of one year and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until he or she dies, resigns, is removed, or becomes disqualified.
Board Members and Officers
The following is a list of the Board members and officers of the Fund, their ages, their principal occupations during the past five years, the number of currently-offered portfolios that they oversee in the Fund’s complex, and other directorships they hold. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address of each Board member and Officer is c/o Glenmede Investment Management LP, 1650 Market Street, Suite 4000, Philadelphia, PA 19103.
| Name and Year of Birth | Position with the Fund and Time Served | Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years | Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen | Other Directorships Held in the Past Five Years |
| Interested Directors(1) | ||||
|
Mary Ann B. Wirts Year of Birth: 1951 |
Director of Glenmede Fund (since June 2020) | Managing Director and Chief Administrative Officer of Glenmede Trust (until 2020); Managing Director and Chief Administrative Officer of Glenmede Investment Management LP (2006-2020); First Vice President and Managing Director of Fixed Income of Glenmede Advisers (2000-2006). | 14 | None |
| 25 |
| Name and Year of Birth | Position with the Fund and Time Served | Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years | Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen | Other Directorships Held in the Past Five Years |
|
Roger Sayler Year of Birth: 1954 |
Director of Glenmede Fund (since June 2026) | Chief Investment Officer, The Church Pension Fund (2014-2023). | 14 | None |
| Independent Directors(2) | ||||
|
Andrew Phillips Year of Birth: 1962 |
Director of Glenmede Fund (since September 2022) | Adjunct Professor - College of Management (since 2021), Long Island University; Senior Performance Officer (2013 - 2015), Global Head of Institutional and Alternatives Product Strategy (2012 - 2013), Global Chief Performance Officer (2010 - 2012), Global Chief Operating Officer (2007 - 2010) and Managing Director - Americas Fixed Income Executive Team, BlackRock, Inc. | 14 | None |
| H. Franklin Allen, Ph.D. Year of Birth: 1956 | Director of Glenmede Fund (since March 1991) | Vice Dean Research and Faculty of the Imperial College Business School (since 2019), Professor of Finance and Economics and Executive Director of the Brevan Howard Centre for Financial Analysis at the Imperial College London (since 2014); Professor Emeritus of Finance, The Wharton School of The University of Pennsylvania since June 2016; Professor of Finance and Economics (1990-1994); Vice Dean and Director of Wharton Doctoral Programs (1990-1993); Employed by The University of Pennsylvania (from 1980-2016). | 14 | None |
|
William L. Cobb, Jr. Year of Birth: 1947 |
Director of Glenmede Fund (since February 2007) Chairman of Glenmede Fund (since December 2021) | Former Executive Vice President and Former Chief Investment Officer, The Church Pension Fund (defined benefit plan for retired clergy of the Episcopal Church) (1999-2014); Chair and Member, Investment Committee, The Minister and Missionaries Benefit Board of the American Baptist Church (until 2013); Vice Chairman, J.P. Morgan Investment Management (1994 -1999). | 14 | Director, TCW Direct Lending LLC |
|
Rebecca E. Duseau Year of Birth: 1963 |
Director of Glenmede Fund (since December 2023) | Co-Founder and Chief Compliance Officer (since 2000), Adamas Partners, LLC (investment firm); Chair of Investment Advisory Board (since 2020) for Boston Family Advisors (multi-family office); Member of Investment Committees of Mass General Brigham (hospital) (since 2019) and Berklee School of Music (since 2019); Chair of the Investment Committee and Member of the Finance Committee, Museum of Science (since 2023). | 14 | None |
| 26 |
| Name and Year of Birth | Position with the Fund and Time Served | Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years | Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen | Other Directorships Held in the Past Five Years |
|
Harry Wong Year of Birth: 1948 |
Director of Glenmede Fund (since February 2007) | Former Managing Director, Knight Capital Americas, L.P., an operating subsidiary of Knight Capital Group Inc. (investment banking) (2009 - 2011); Managing Director, Long Point Advisors, LLC (business consulting) (2003 - 2012); Managing Director, BIO-IB LLC (healthcare investment banking) (2004-2009) Senior Managing Director, ABN AMRO (investment banking) (1990- 2002); Adjunct Faculty Member, Sacred Heart University (2003- 2007). | 14 | None |
| (1) | Interested Directors are those Directors who are “interested persons” of the Fund as defined in the 1940 Act. Mary Ann B. Wirts and Roger Sayler are considered to be “interested” Directors of the Fund because of their current or prior affiliations with Glenmede Trust, the parent company of the Fund’s investment advisor, GIM, and/or their stock ownership in The Glenmede Corporation, of which GIM is an affiliate. |
| (2) | Independent Directors are those Directors who are not “interested persons” of the Fund as defined in the 1940 Act. |
Officers
|
Name, Address and Year of Birth |
Position with the Fund and Time Served |
Principal Occupations(s) During Past 5 Years |
|
Elizabeth A. Eldridge 1650 Market Street, Suite 4000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Year of Birth: 1977 |
President of Glenmede Fund since November 2024. | President of Glenmede Investment Management LP (since 2024). |
|
Kimberly C. Osborne 1650 Market Street, Suite 4000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Year of Birth: 1966 |
Executive Vice President of Glenmede Fund since December 1997. | Client Service Manager of Glenmede Investment Management LP (since 2006). |
|
Michael C. Addeo 1650 Market Street, Suite 4000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Year of Birth: 1992 |
Treasurer of Glenmede Fund since January 2026. | Director of Fund Administration, Glenmede Investment Management LP (since 2026), Vice President, Glenmede Investment Management LP (since 2025); Vice President, BlackRock Inc. (from 2021 – 2025); Senior Manager, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (from 2014 - 2021). |
|
Eimile J. Moore 190 Middle Street, Suite 301 Portland, ME 04101 Year of Birth: 1969 |
Chief Compliance Officer of Glenmede Fund since December 2017. | Director, Adviser Compliance Associates, LLC (ACA Group) (since 2011). |
|
Joshua M. Lindauer 1177 Avenue of the Americas, 41st Floor New York, NY 10036 Year of Birth: 1987 |
Secretary of Glenmede Fund since December 2024. | Partner, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm) (since 2024); Associate, Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (2020-2024). |
|
Aaron E. Feigen 1650 Market Street, Suite 4000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 Year of Birth: 1994 |
Assistant Treasurer of Glenmede Fund since June 2026. | Vice President, Glenmede Investment Management LP (since 2026); Vice President, BlackRock, Inc. (from 2022 - 2026); Senior Associate, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (from 2017 - 2022). |
| 27 |
The Board believes that each Director’s experience, qualifications, attributes and skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Directors lead to the conclusion that each Director should serve in such capacity.
Among the attributes common to all Directors is the ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the other Directors, the Advisor, other service providers, legal counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Directors. A Director’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively may have been attained through such person’s business, consulting and/or academic positions; experience as a board member of the Fund, other investment funds, or non-profit entities or other organizations; education or professional training; and/or other life experiences. In addition to these shared characteristics, set forth below is a brief discussion of the specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills of each Director:
| H. Franklin Allen, Ph.D.: | Dr. Allen has substantial experience in the areas of finance and economics through his educational background and position for many years as a professor of finance and economics at The Wharton School of The University of Pennsylvania and most recently as Vice Dean of Research and Faculty of the Imperial College London Business School and Professor of Finance and Economics and Director of the Brevan Howard Centre for Financial Analysis at the Imperial College London. |
| William L. Cobb, Jr.: | Mr. Cobb has substantial investment management and business experience through his senior executive, chief investment officer and/or investment committee positions with private and non-profit entities, as a senior executive officer of a global investment management firm and most recently as a board member of a business development company. |
| Rebecca E. Duseau: | Ms. Duseau has substantial investment management, compliance, risk management and business experience as a co-founder and executive of an investment management firm. |
| Andrew Phillips: | Mr. Phillips has substantial investment management and business experience through his executive positions with a major investment management firm. |
| Roger Sayler: | Mr. Sayler has substantial investment management and business experience through his executive position in the financial services industry. |
| Mary Ann B. Wirts: | Ms. Wirts has substantial business, financial services and investment management experience through her senior executive positions with the Advisor and its parent companies. |
| Harry Wong: | Mr. Wong has substantial finance, investment banking and capital markets experience through his positions as an executive in investment banking businesses. |
Specific details regarding each Director’s term of office as a Director with the Fund and principal occupations during at least the past five years are included in the table above.
Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities
Overall responsibility for oversight of the Fund rests with the Board. The Fund has engaged an investment adviser to manage its Portfolios on a day-to-day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing the investment adviser and other service providers in the operations of the Fund in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, applicable provisions of state and other laws and the Fund’s Charter and By-laws. The Board is currently composed of seven members, five of whom are Independent Directors. The Board meets in-person at regularly scheduled meetings four times each year. In addition, the Board may hold special in-person or telephonic meetings or informal conference calls to
| 28 |
discuss specific matters that may arise or require action between regular meetings. The Board may also meet via videoconference. The Board and the Independent Directors have access to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and independent legal counsel for consultation to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities. As described below, the Board has established an Audit Committee, Valuation Committee, and Nominating Committee and may establish ad hoc committees or working groups from time to time to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities.
The Board has appointed William L. Cobb, Jr., an Independent Director, to serve in the role of Chairman of the Board. The Chairman’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as liaison with the investment adviser, other service providers, counsel and other Directors generally between meetings. The Chairman may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time. The Board reviews its leadership structures during their periodic self-assessments and based on that review, has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise informed judgment over matters under its purview and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of the Board and the full Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight.
The Fund is subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational and valuation risks, among others. Risk oversight forms part of the Board’s general oversight of the Fund and is addressed as part of the Board’s and its committees’ various activities. Day-to-day risk management functions are included within the responsibilities of the investment adviser and other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), which carry out the Fund’s investment management and business affairs. The investment adviser and other service providers employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various events or circumstances that give rise to risks, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur. The investment adviser and other service providers have their own independent interests in risk management, and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models.
The Board recognizes that it is not possible to identify all of the risks that may affect the Fund or to develop processes and controls to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects. The Board requires senior officers of the Fund, including the President, Treasurer and CCO, and the investment adviser, to report to the full Board on a variety of matters at each regular meeting of the Board, including matters relating to risk management. The Board also receives reports from certain of the Fund’s other primary service providers on regular basis, including State Street as the Fund’s custodian, administrator, transfer agent and securities lending agent. The Fund’s CCO meets in executive session with the Board at each regularly scheduled meeting and meets separately with the Independent Directors at least annually to discuss relevant risk issues affecting the Fund. In addition, the CCO reports to the Chairman of the Audit Committee between meetings to discuss compliance related matters. The Audit Committee also receives regular reports from the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm on internal control and financial reporting matters. The Board and Independent Directors meet with the Fund’s independent legal counsel at each quarterly meeting and have access to legal counsel for consultation concerning any issues that may occur between regularly scheduled meetings. The Board may, at any time and in their discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight.
Standing Board Committees
Dr. Allen and Messrs. Cobb, Phillips and Wong (Chairman) and Ms. Duseau serve on the Audit Committee of the Board. The Audit Committee operates under a written charter approved by the Board. The purpose of the Audit Committee includes overseeing the accounting and financial reporting processes of the Fund and the audits of the Fund’s financial statements. Accordingly, the Committee assists the Board in its oversight of (i) the integrity of the Fund’s financial statements; (ii) the independent accountants’ qualifications and independence; and (iii) the performance of the Fund’s internal audit function and independent accountants. The Audit Committees met two times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025.
Dr. Allen (Chairman) and Messrs. Cobb, Wong and Phillips and Ms. Duseau serve on the Nominating Committee of the Board. The Fund’s Nominating Committee, among other things, nominates persons to fill vacancies on the Board and Board Committees. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders.
| 29 |
Recommendations should be submitted to the appropriate Nominating Committee in care of the Fund’s Secretary. The Nominating Committees met once during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025.
Director Ownership of Fund Shares
The following table shows the Directors’ ownership of the Funds overseen by the Directors as of December 31, 2025.
| Name of Director |
Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Funds |
Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity Fund Complex |
| Interested Directors | ||
| Mary Ann B. Wirts | Over $100,000 | Over $100,000 |
| Rodger Sayler* | N/A | N/A |
| Independent Directors | ||
| H. Franklin Allen, Ph.D. | None | None |
| William L. Cobb, Jr. | Over $100,000 | Over $100,000 |
| Rebecca E. Duseau | None | None |
| Andrew Phillips | None | None |
| Harry Wong | None | None |
| * | Information is not shown for Mr. Sayler as Mr. Sayler became a Trustee on June 2, 2026. |
Remuneration of Board Members
The annual fee for each Board member, other than officers of the Advisor, is $104,000. In addition to the annual fee, the Glenmede Fund pays each Board member, other than officers of the Advisor, $5,000 for each Board meeting attended and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending Board meetings, the Audit Committee Chairman receives an annual fee of $10,000 for his service as Chairman of the Audit Committee and the Chairman of the Board receives an annual fee of $15,000 for his service as Chairman of the Board. Each Director, other than Mr. Sayler, was also a Trustee of the Glenmede Portfolios, a Massachusetts business trust that does not currently offer any series and has filed an application for deregistration as an investment company with the SEC effective March 31, 2026. For their service on the Glenmede Portfolios’ Board, each Director received an annual fee of $500 per year.
Set forth in the table below is the compensation received by Board members for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025.
| Name of Person Position * | Aggregate Compensation from Glenmede Fund |
Aggregate Compensation from Glenmede Portfolios** |
Pension
Accrued
as |
Estimated Annual Benefits upon Retirement |
Total
Compensation from the Fund Complex |
| Interested Directors | |||||
| Susan W. Catherwood*** | $ 62,000 | $ 250 | None | None | $ 62,250 |
| Rodger Sayler**** | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Mary Ann B. Wirts | $ 124,000 | $ 500 | None | None | $ 124,500 |
| Independent Directors | |||||
| H. Franklin Allen, Ph.D. | $ 134,339 | $ 500 | None | None | $ 134,839 |
| William L. Cobb, Jr. | $ 140,141 | $ 500 | None | None | $ 140,641 |
| Rebecca E. Duseau | $ 125,827 | $ 500 | None | None | $ 126,327 |
| Andrew Phillips | $ 124,779 | $ 500 | None | None | $ 125,279 |
| Harry Wong | $ 135,247 | $ 500 | None | None | $ 135,747 |
| * | Compensation includes reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending Board meetings, where applicable. |
| 30 |
| ** | Includes $500 annual fee for service on the Board of Trustees of the Glenmede Portfolios, which currently does not offer any series and has filed an application for deregistration as an investment company with the SEC. |
| *** | Ms. Catherwood retired from her role as Director effective August 1, 2025. |
| **** | Information is not shown for Mr. Sayler as Mr. Sayler became a Trustee on June 2, 2026. |
Code of Ethics
The Fund, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor have each adopted codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act that permits personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund.
Proxy Voting Procedures
The Fund has delegated proxy voting responsibilities to the Advisor, subject to the Board’s general oversight. In delegating proxy responsibilities, the Board has directed that proxies be voted consistent with the Fund’s and its shareholders best interests and in compliance with all applicable proxy voting rules and regulations. The Advisor has adopted its own proxy voting policies and guidelines for this purpose (collectively, the “Proxy Voting Procedures”). The Proxy Voting Procedures address, among other things, material conflicts of interest that may arise between the interests of the Fund and the interests of the Advisor and its affiliates. The Proxy Voting Procedures are provided in Appendix B of this SAI.
Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies, if any, relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 is available, without charge, upon request, by calling 1-215-419-6662, and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES
Investment Advisor
GIM, with principal offices at One Liberty Place, 1650 Market Street, Suite 4000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, currently serves as the investment advisor to each Portfolio. GIM, a limited partnership, is wholly-owned by Glenmede Trust. As of June 30, 2026, GIM and its affiliated companies had approximately $53.0 billion in assets in the accounts for which they serve in various capacities, including as executor, trustee or investment advisor.
The Investment Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided its continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of each Portfolio’s outstanding voting securities or by the Board and (ii) by a majority of the Directors who are not parties to each Investment Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such party. The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated on 60 days’ written notice by any such party and will terminate automatically if assigned.
GIM is wholly-owned by Glenmede Trust as both its only limited partner and as the sole owner of GIM’s only general partner, Gatepost Partners, LLC. Glenmede Trust, a nationally-chartered trust company, provides fiduciary and investment services to endowment funds, foundations, employee benefit plans and other institutions and individuals. Glenmede Trust is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Glenmede Corporation. Glenmede Trust, Gatepost Partners, LLC and The Glenmede Corporation are located at One Liberty Place, 1650 Market Street, Suite 4000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103.
Each Portfolio pays management fees to the Advisor for its investment advisory services, calculated daily and paid monthly, at the following annual percentage rates of each Portfolio’s average daily net assets, as shown in the following table:
| Portfolio | Percentage
of Average Daily Net Assets |
| Disciplined International Equity ETF | 0.55% |
| Global Secured Options ETF | 0.55% |
| 31 |
The Portfolios have not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI. Accordingly, the Portfolios did not pay management fees.
The following table sets forth the total management fees paid by each Predecessor Fund over the past three fiscal years.
| Total Management Fees for Fiscal Year ended October 31, 2025 |
Total October 31, 2025 |
Total Management Fees for Fiscal Year ended October 31, 2024 |
Total
Waived/ Reimbursed for Fiscal Year ended October 31, 2024 |
Total
Management Fees for Fiscal Year ended October 31, 2023 |
Total October 31, 2023 | |
| Disciplined International Equity Portfolio | $215,055 | $(138,197) | $195,348 | $(95,449) | $178,220 | $(75,745) |
| Global Secured Options Portfolio | $79,611 | $(90,592) | $123,744 | $(53,636) | $122,156 | $(33,774) |
Additionally, many shareholders in the Portfolios may be clients of Glenmede Trust or an Affiliate and, as clients, pay fees which vary depending on the capacity in which Glenmede Trust or an Affiliate provides fiduciary and investment services to the particular client. Such services may include personal trust, estate settlement, advisory, and custodian services. For example, for advisory services, Glenmede Trust charges its clients up to 1% on the first $3 million of principal, 0.75% on the next $2 million of principal, and 0.50% on the next $15 million of principal. An additional 0.25% administrative service fee is charged on accounts below $3 million. For accounts in excess of $10 million of principal, the fee would be determined by special analysis.
Investment Sub-Advisor
Tidal Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company located at 234 West Florida Street, Suite 700, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204, serves as the investment sub-advisor to the Portfolios (the “Sub-Advisor”). The Sub-Advisor is owned by entities controlled by Guillermo Trias.
The Sub-Advisor is responsible for trading portfolio securities for the Portfolios, including the purchase, retention and disposition of the securities and other assets of the Portfolios entrusted to it under the Sub-Advisory Agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). After the initial two year-term, the Sub-Advisory Agreement may be continued in effect from year to year with the (1) annual approval of the Fund’s Board of Directors or (2) vote of a majority (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of each Portfolio, provided that in either event the continuance must also be approved by a majority of the Independent Directors by vote at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Sub-Advisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.
For its services, the Sub-Advisor is entitled to a fee from the Advisor.
The Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that the Sub-Advisor shall not be protected against any liability to the Fund or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its respective duties. The Advisor and the Sub-Advisor each agree to indemnify the other against any claim against, loss or liability to such other party (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of any action on the part of the indemnifying party which constitutes willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of duties under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, or reckless disregard of the obligations and duties under the Sub-Advisory Agreement.
Portfolio Managers
Set forth below is information regarding the individuals identified in the Fund’s Prospectuses as primarily responsible for the day- to- day management of the Fund’s Portfolios (“Portfolio Managers”).
| 32 |
As of August 31, 2026, the Portfolio Managers were also primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of certain types of other portfolios and/or accounts, as indicated in the table below:
| Glenmede Investment Management LP | Type of Accounts |
Number of Accounts Managed |
Total Assets Managed |
Number of Accounts Managed with Performance Based Advisory Fees | Total Assets Managed with Performance Based Advisory Fees |
| Vladimir de Vassal, CFA | Registered Investment Companies | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 |
| Other Pooled Investment Vehicles | 1 | $15,169,096 | 0 | $0 | |
| Other Accounts | 923 | $2,400,163,202 | 0 | $0 | |
| Paul T. Sullivan, CFA | Registered Investment Companies | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 |
| Other Pooled Investment Vehicles | 1 | $15,169,096 | 0 | $0 | |
| Other Accounts | 923 | $2,400,163,202 | 0 | $0 | |
| Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA | Registered Investment Companies | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 |
| Other Pooled Investment Vehicles | 1 | $15,169,096 | 0 | $0 | |
| Other Accounts | 923 | $2,400,163,202 | 0 | $0 | |
| Ruohao Chen, CFA | Registered Investment Companies | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 |
| Other Pooled Investment Vehicles | 1 | $15,169,096 | 0 | $0 | |
| Other Accounts | 923 | $2,400,163,202 | 0 | $0 | |
| Sean Heron, CFA | Registered Investment Companies | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 |
| Other Pooled Investment Vehicles | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | |
| Other Accounts | 57 | $195,177,761 | 0 | $0 |
The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Portfolio Manager in the Portfolio(s) that he or she manages as of August 31, 2026:
| Portfolio/Portfolio Manager | Dollar
Range of Shares Beneficially Owned |
| Disciplined International Equity ETF | |
| Vladimir de Vassal, CFA | $100,001 - $500,000 |
| Paul T. Sullivan, CFA | $10,001 - $50,000 |
| Alexander R. Atanasiu, CFA | $10,001 - $50,000 |
| Ruohao Chen, CFA | $100,001 - $500,000 |
| Global Secured Options ETF | |
| Sean Heron, CFA | $0 |
The compensation package for the Portfolio Managers is comprised of a base salary, annual bonus and participation in a long-term equity plan of The Glenmede Corporation. The base salary is based on a combination of factors including the Portfolio Manager’s experience, expertise, and competitive market rates. The annual bonus payment is based on a combination of the annual pre-tax financial performance of The Glenmede Corporation, revenue generated from investment management fees and achievement of non-financial strategic goals. The Glenmede Corporation’s equity plan provides an opportunity for senior management to build equity in the parent company through options and restricted stock. Participation is based on position, experience and expertise.
The Portfolio Managers may manage other accounts with investment strategies similar to those of the Portfolios of the Fund, which may suggest the potential for conflicts of interests relating to cross trading, allocation of investment opportunities, and aggregation and allocation of trades. In addition, GIM may charge varying fees to different accounts managed by their respective Portfolio Managers. Shareholders should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment advisor pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance or other
| 33 |
incentive-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for conflicts of interest that may result in the Portfolio Managers’ favoring those portfolios or accounts with higher or incentive-based fee arrangements. However, the Fund does not anticipate that management by a Portfolio’s Portfolio Manager of other accounts with similar investment strategy or different fee arrangement would conflict with management of any of the Portfolios of the Fund because conflicts of interest of this type are minimized by GIM’s respective investment management decision-making process and trade allocation policy. In addition, the Fund has adopted policies limiting the circumstances under which cross-trades may be effected between the Fund’s Portfolios and another client account.
Transfer Agent, Dividend Paying Agent, Custodian and Administrator
State Street, with its primary place of business located at One Congress Street, Suite 1, Boston, MA 02114, serves as the Fund’s transfer agent, dividend paying agent, custodian and administrator.
For its services, State Street is entitled to receive fees from the Fund based on a percentage of the daily net assets of all Portfolios of the Fund, which is allocated to each Portfolio based on its relative net assets, plus transaction charges for certain transactions and out-of-pocket expenses.
The Portfolios have not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI. Accordingly, the Portfolios did not pay any fees to State Street for its services as transfer agent, dividend paying agent, custodian and administrator.
Fees paid by the Predecessor Funds to State Street for the past three fiscal years are shown in the following table.
| Predecessor Fund |
October 31, 2025 |
October 31, 2024 |
October 31, 2023 | |
| Disciplined International Equity Portfolio | $46,050 | $39,730 | $38,764 | |
| Global Secured Options Portfolio | $38,260 | $51,910 | $47,499 |
State Street is also compensated for its services as the Fund’s securities lending agent and short sales lending agent and until December 2010, was also paid an annual fee plus out-of-pocket expenses for the provision of personnel and services related to the Fund’s compliance program.
Securities Lending
State Street serves as securities lending agent for the Portfolios, and in that role administers the Portfolios’ securities lending program pursuant to the terms of a Securities Lending Authorization Agreement entered into between Fund, on behalf of its Portfolios, and State Street.
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, State Street, acting as securities lending agent, provided the following services to the Disciplined International Equity Portfolio in connection with the Portfolio’s securities lending activities: (i) locating borrowers among an approved list of prospective borrowers; (ii) monitoring applicable minimum spread requirements, lending limits and the value of the loaned securities and collateral received; (iii) seeking additional collateral, as necessary, from borrowers; (iv) receiving and holding collateral from borrowers, and facilitating the investment and reinvestment of all or substantially all cash collateral in an investment vehicle designated by the Portfolios; (v) returning collateral to borrowers; (vi) facilitating substitute dividend, interest, and other distribution payments to the Portfolios from borrowers; (vii) negotiating the terms of each loan of securities, including but not limited to the amount of any loan premium, and monitoring the terms of securities loan agreements with prospective borrowers for consistency with the requirements of the Glenmede Fund’s Securities Lending Authorization Agreement; (viii) selecting securities, including amounts (percentages), to be loaned; (ix) maintaining such records as are reasonably necessary to account for loans that are made and the income derived therefrom; and (x) arranging for return of loaned securities to the Portfolios in accordance with the terms of the Securities Lending Authorization Agreement.
State Street receives as compensation for its services a portion of the amount earned by the Portfolios for lending securities.
| 34 |
The Portfolios have not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI. Accordingly, the Portfolios did not pay any fees to State Street for its services related to securities lending.
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, each Predecessor Fund’s gross income received for securities lending activities, the fees and/or compensation paid by each Glenmede Fund Portfolio for securities lending activities, and the net income earned by each Glenmede Fund Portfolio for securities lending activities, were as follows:
| Fees and/or compensation paid for securities lending activities and related services | |||||||||
|
Gross income from securities lending activities1 |
Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split | Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the revenue split | Administrative fees not included in revenue split | Indemnification fee not included in revenue split | Rebate (paid to borrower) | Other fees not included in revenue split | Aggregate fees/ compensation for securities lending activities | Net Income from securities lending activities | |
| Disciplined International Equity Portfolio | $90,847 | $628 | $685 | $0 | $0 | $87,024 | $0 | $88,337 | $2,510 |
| Global Secured Options Portfolio | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| 1 | Includes income from cash collateral reinvestment. |
| * | The Global Secured Options ETF did not participate in the securities lending program during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025. |
Distributor
The Fund has entered into a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) with Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of ACA Group, pursuant to which the Distributor acts as the Fund’s principal underwriter and distributes shares. Shares are continuously offered for sale by the Distributor only in Creation Units. Each Creation Unit is generally made up of at least 10,000 shares. The Distributor will not distribute Shares in amounts less than a Creation Unit.
Under the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, as agent for the Fund, will receive orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units, provided that any subscriptions and orders will not be binding on the Fund until accepted by the Fund. The Distributor will deliver prospectuses and, upon request, SAIs to persons purchasing Creation Units and will maintain records of orders placed with it. The Distributor is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).
The Distributor may also enter into agreements with securities dealers (“Soliciting Dealers”) who will solicit purchases of Creation Units of shares. Such Soliciting Dealers may also be Authorized Participants (as discussed in “Procedures for Purchase of Creation Units” below) or Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) Participants.
The Distribution Agreement has an initial term of up to two years and will continue in effect only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board or by vote of a majority of the Portfolio’s outstanding voting securities and, in either case, by a majority of the Independent Directors. The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Fund, on behalf of each Portfolio, on 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by a majority vote of the Portfolio’s shareholders or by vote of a majority of the Board, including a
| 35 |
majority of the Independent Directors of the Fund, or by the Distributor on 60 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment,” as defined in the 1940 Act.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Cohen & Company, Ltd., serves as the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and will audit their financial statements annually.
Counsel
Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996, serves as counsel to the Fund.
Reports
Shareholders will receive tailored shareholder reports that present information for the relevant share class of a Portfolio that they hold. The tailored shareholder reports will be provided to Portfolio shareholders for the annual and semi-annual periods.
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
The Investment Advisory Agreement authorizes the Advisor to select the brokers or dealers that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities for each of the Portfolios and directs the Advisor to use its best efforts to obtain the best available price and most favorable execution with respect to all transactions for the Portfolios. The Advisor may, however, consistent with the interests of a Portfolio, select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to a Portfolio. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Advisor under each Investment Advisory Agreement. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that such commissions are paid in compliance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that the Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Advisor to a Portfolio and the Advisor’s other clients. The distribution of orders among brokers and the commission rates paid by the Portfolios of the Glenmede Fund are reviewed periodically by the Board.
The Funds are required to identify any securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or their parents that the Portfolios have acquired during the Funds’ most recent fiscal year. As of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the Portfolios held no securities of their regular broker/dealers.
The Portfolios have not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI. Accordingly, the Portfolios did not pay any brokerage commissions.
During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Predecessor Funds paid brokerage commissions as follows:
| Portfolio | October 31, 2025 | October 31, 2024 | October 31, 2023 | |
| Disciplined International Equity | $ 17,644 | $ 14,844 | $ 12,864 | |
| Global Secured Options | $ 8,186 | $ 7,996 | $ 10,348 |
Significant changes in brokerage commissions paid by a Portfolio from year to year have been due to changing asset levels and/or portfolio turnover.
To the extent that a Portfolio effects brokerage transactions with a broker/dealer affiliated directly or indirectly with the Fund, the Advisor or Quasar Distributors, such transactions will be effected in compliance with applicable law.
| 36 |
Some securities considered for investment by each Portfolio may also be appropriate for other clients served by the Advisor. If the purchase or sale of securities is consistent with the investment policies of a Portfolio and one or more of these other clients served by Advisor and is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be allocated among the Portfolio and clients in a manner deemed fair and reasonable by Advisor. While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect on the price, value or quantity of the security as far as a Portfolio is concerned, in other cases it is believed to be beneficial to the Portfolios.
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNIT AGGREGATIONS
Each Portfolio issues and redeems its Shares on a continuous basis, at NAV, only in a large specified number of Shares called a “Creation Unit,” either principally in-kind for a designated portfolio of securities or in cash for the value of such securities. The value of each Portfolio is determined once each business day, as described under “Valuation of Shares.” The Creation Unit size for each Portfolio may change. Authorized Participants (as defined below) will be notified of such change.
Purchase (Creation).
The Portfolios issue and sell Shares only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Principal Underwriter, without a sales load (but subject to transaction fees), at their NAV per share next determined after receipt of an order, on any Business Day (as defined below), in proper form pursuant to the terms of the Authorized Participant Agreement (“Participant Agreement”). A “Custom Order” may be placed by an Authorized Participant in the event that a Fund accepts (or delivers, in the case of a redemption) a basket of securities and/or cash that differs from a basket of Deposit Securities (as defined below) and/or cash published or transacted on a Business Day (as defined below). Custom Orders must be received by the transfer agent at such earlier time as provided in the Participant Agreement. On days when the Listing Exchanges closes earlier than normal (such as the day before a holiday), a Portfolio requires standard orders to create Creation Units to be placed by the earlier closing time and Custom Orders to create Creation Units must be received no later than one hour prior to the earlier closing time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund may, but is not required to, permit Custom Orders until 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, or until the market close (in the event the Listing Exchanges closes early). A “Business Day” with respect to a Portfolio is, generally, any day on which the Listing Exchanges is open for business.
The Fund may, but is not required to, permit orders until 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, or until the market close (in the event the Listing Exchanges closes early).
Fund Deposit.
The consideration for purchase of a Creation Unit of a Portfolio generally consists of either (i) the in-kind deposit of a designated portfolio of securities (the “Deposit Securities”) per each Creation Unit and the Cash Component (defined below), computed as described below or (ii) the cash value of the Deposit Securities (“Deposit Cash”) and “Cash Component,” computed as described below. When accepting purchases of Creation Units for cash, a Portfolio may incur additional costs associated with the acquisition of Deposit Securities that would otherwise be provided by an in-kind purchaser.
Together, the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of each Portfolio. The “Cash Component” is an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the Shares (per Creation Unit) and the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable. If the Cash Component is a positive number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable), the Cash Component shall be such positive amount. If the Cash Component is a negative number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable), the Cash Component shall be such negative amount and the creator will be entitled to receive cash in an amount equal to the Cash Component. The Cash Component serves the function of compensating for any differences between the NAV per Creation Unit and the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable. Computation of the Cash Component excludes any stamp duty or other similar fees and expenses payable upon transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities, if applicable, which shall be the sole responsibility of the Authorized Participant (as defined below).
| 37 |
The Custodian, through NSCC, makes available on each Business Day, immediately prior to the opening of business on the Listing Exchanges (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), the list of the names and the required number of shares of each Deposit Security or the required amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, to be included in the current Fund Deposit (based on information at the end of the previous Business Day) for each Portfolio. Such Fund Deposit is subject to any applicable adjustments as described below, in order to effect purchases of Creation Units of the Portfolio until such time as the next- announced composition of the Deposit Securities or the required amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, is made available.
As noted above, the Fund reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of Deposit Cash to replace any Deposit Security, which shall be added to the Cash Component, including, without limitation, in situations where the Deposit Security: (i) may not be available in sufficient quantity for delivery, (ii) may not be eligible for transfer through the systems of DTC or clearing process as described below; (iii) may not be eligible for trading by an Authorized Participant (as defined below) or the investor for which it is acting; (iv) would be restricted under the securities laws or where the delivery of the Deposit Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Deposit Security by the Authorized Participant becoming restricted under the securities laws, or (v) in certain other situations in the Fund’s sole discretion (collectively, “non-standard orders”). The Fund also reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of Deposit Securities in lieu of Deposit Cash. The adjustments described above will reflect changes, known to the Advisor on the date of announcement, to be in effect by the time of delivery of the Fund Deposit or resulting from certain corporate actions.
Procedures for Purchase of Creation Unit Aggregations.
To be eligible to place orders with the Principal Underwriter, as facilitated via the Transfer Agent, to purchase a Creation Unit of a Portfolio, an entity must be (i) a “Participating Party”, i.e., a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC, a clearing agency that is registered with the SEC; or (ii) a DTC Participant. In addition, each Participating Party or DTC Participant (each, an “Authorized Participant”) must execute a Participant Agreement that has been agreed to by the Principal Underwriter and the Transfer Agent, and that has been accepted by the Trust, with respect to purchases and redemptions of Creation Units. Each Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of a Participant Agreement, on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that it will pay to the Fund an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component together with the creation transaction fee (described below) and any other applicable fees, taxes and additional variable charge.
All orders to purchase Shares directly from a Portfolio, including non-standard orders, must be placed for one or more Creation Units and in the manner and by the time set forth in the Participant Agreement and/or the applicable order form (the “Closing Time”). The date on which an order to purchase Creation Units (or an order to redeem Creation Units, as set forth below) is received and accepted is referred to as the “Order Placement Date.”
An Authorized Participant may require an investor to make certain representations or enter into agreements with respect to the order (e.g., to provide for payments of cash, when required). Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed a Participant Agreement and that, therefore, orders to purchase Shares directly from a Portfolio in Creation Units have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an Authorized Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement. In such cases there may be additional charges to such investor. At any given time, there may be only a limited number of broker-dealers that have executed a Participant Agreement and only a small number of such Authorized Participants may have international capabilities.
On days when the Listing Exchanges or the bond markets close earlier than normal, a Portfolio may require orders to create Creation Units to be placed earlier in the day. In addition, if a market or markets on which a Portfolio’s investments are primarily traded is closed, the Portfolio will also generally not accept orders on such day(s). Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Distributor pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement and in accordance with the applicable order form. Those placing orders through an Authorized Participant should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the purchase order by the cut-off time on such Business Day. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or an Authorized Participant.
| 38 |
Fund Deposits must be delivered by an Authorized Participant through the Federal Reserve System (for cash and U.S. government securities), or through DTC (for corporate securities and municipal securities), through a subcustody agent (for foreign securities) and/or through such other arrangements allowed by the Trust or its agents. With respect to foreign Deposit Securities, the Custodian shall cause the subcustodian of a Portfolio to maintain an account into which the Authorized Participant shall deliver, on behalf of itself or the party on whose behalf it is acting, such Deposit Securities. Foreign Deposit Securities must be delivered to an account maintained at the applicable local subcustodian. The Fund Deposit transfer must be ordered by the Authorized Participant in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, to the account of a Portfolio or its agents by no later than the Settlement Date. The “Settlement Date” for a Portfolio is generally the first Business Day after the Order Placement Date, unless a Portfolio and Authorized Participant agree to a different settlement date. All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash to be delivered, as applicable, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities or cash, as applicable, will be determined by the Fund, whose determination shall be final and binding. The amount of cash represented by the Cash Component must be transferred directly to the Custodian through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by the Custodian no later than the Settlement Date. If the Cash Component and the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, are not received in a timely manner by the Settlement Date, the creation order may be cancelled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using a Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV of each Portfolio. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the first Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor, unless a Portfolio and Authorized Participant agree to a different settlement date.
The order shall be deemed to be received on the Business Day on which the order is placed provided that the order is placed in proper form prior to the applicable cut-off time and Fund Deposits in the appropriate amount are deposited by 5:30 p.m. Eastern time (for Deposit Cash) or 6:00 p.m. Eastern time (for Deposit Securities) (per applicable instructions), with the Custodian on the Settlement Date. If the order is not placed in proper form as required, or Fund Deposits in the appropriate amount are not received by 5:30 p.m. Eastern time (for Deposit Cash) or 6:00 p.m. Eastern time (for Deposit Securities) (per applicable instructions) on the Settlement Date, then the order may be deemed to be rejected and the Authorized Participant shall be liable to the Portfolio for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. In the event of a level 3 market-wide circuit breaker resulting in a trading halt for the remainder of the trading day, the time of the market-wide trading halt is considered the close of regular trading and no creation orders for the current trade date will be accepted after that time (the “cutoff”). Orders placed after the cutoff will be deemed to be rejected and will not be processed. Orders should be placed in proper form on the following business day. A creation request is considered to be in “proper form” if all procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, order form and this SAI are properly followed.
Issuance of a Creation Unit.
Except as provided herein, Creation Units will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the Fund of the Deposit Securities or payment of Deposit Cash, as applicable, and the payment of the Cash Component have been completed. When the subcustodian has confirmed to the Custodian that the required Deposit Securities (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant subcustodian or subcustodians, the Principal Underwriter and the Advisor shall be notified of such delivery, and the Fund will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Units.
In instances where the Fund accepts Deposit Securities for the purchase of a Creation Unit, the Creation Unit may be purchased in advance of receipt by the Fund of all or a portion of the applicable Deposit Securities as described below. In these circumstances, the initial deposit will have a value greater than the NAV of the Shares on the date the order is placed in proper form since in addition to available Deposit Securities, cash must be deposited in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Cash Component, plus (ii) an additional amount of cash equal to a percentage of the market value, as set forth in the Participant Agreement, of the undelivered Deposit Securities (the “Additional Cash Deposit”), which shall be maintained in a general non-interest bearing collateral account. An additional amount of cash shall be required to be deposited with the Fund, pending delivery of the missing Deposit Securities to the extent necessary to maintain the Additional Cash Deposit with the Fund in an amount at least equal to the applicable percentage, as set forth in the Participant Agreement, of the daily marked to market value of the missing Deposit Securities. The Fund may use such Additional Cash Deposit to buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time. Authorized Participants will
| 39 |
be liable to the Fund for all costs, expenses, dividends, income and taxes associated with missing Deposit Securities, including the costs incurred by the Fund in connection with any such purchases. These costs will be deemed to include the amount by which the actual purchase price of the Deposit Securities exceeds the market value of such Deposit Securities on the day the purchase order was deemed received by the Principal Underwriter plus the brokerage and related transaction costs associated with such purchases. The Fund will return any unused portion of the Additional Cash Deposit once all of the missing Deposit Securities have been properly received by the Custodian or purchased by the Fund and deposited into the Fund. In addition, a transaction fee as set forth below under “Creation Transaction Fees” will be charged in all cases and an additional variable charge may also be applied. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the Settlement Date.
Acceptance of Orders of Creation Units.
The Fund and the Distributor reserve the right to reject or revoke acceptance of a creation order transmitted to it in respect of each Portfolio, including, but not limited to, if: (a) the order is not in proper form; (b) the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, delivered by the Participant are not as disseminated through the facilities of the NSCC for that date by the Custodian; (c) the investor(s), upon obtaining the Shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding Shares of the Portfolio; (d) the acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; (e) the acceptance or receipt of the order for a Creation Unit would, in the opinion of counsel to the Fund, be unlawful; or (f) in the event that circumstances outside the control of the Fund, the Custodian, the Transfer Agent and/or the Advisor make it for all practical purposes not feasible to process orders for Creation Units. Examples of such circumstances include acts of God; public service or utility problems such as fires, floods, extreme weather conditions and power outages resulting in telephone, telecopy and computer failures; market conditions or activities causing trading halts; systems failures involving computer or other information systems affecting the Fund, the Principal Underwriter, the Custodian, the Transfer Agent, DTC, NSCC, Federal Reserve System, or any other participant in the creation process, and other extraordinary events. The Fund or its agents shall communicate to the Authorized Participant its rejection of an order. The Fund, the Transfer Agent, the Custodian and the Principal Underwriter are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall any of them incur any liability for the failure to give any such notification. The Fund, the Transfer Agent, the Custodian and the Principal Underwriter shall not be liable for the rejection of any purchase order for Creation Units.
All questions as to the number of shares of each security in the Deposit Securities and the validity, form, eligibility and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered shall be determined by the Fund, and the Fund’s determination shall be final and binding.
Redemption.
Shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by a Portfolio through the Transfer Agent and only on a Business Day. Except upon liquidation of a Portfolio, the Fund will not redeem shares in amounts less than Creation Units. Investors must accumulate enough Shares in the secondary market to constitute a Creation Unit in order to have such Shares redeemed by the Fund. There can be no assurance, however, that there will be sufficient liquidity in the public trading market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. Investors should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of Shares to constitute a redeemable Creation Unit. The Fund may, but is not required to, permit orders until 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, or until the market close (in the event the Listing Exchanges closes early).
With respect to each Portfolio, the Custodian, through the NSCC, makes available immediately prior to the opening of business on the Listing Exchanges (currently 9:30 a.m. Eastern time) on each Business Day, the list of the names and share quantities of each Portfolio’s portfolio securities that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day (“Fund Securities”). Fund Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities.
Redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit are paid either in-kind or in cash or a combination thereof, as determined by the Fund. With respect to in-kind redemptions of a Portfolio, redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit will consist of Fund Securities - as announced by the Custodian on the Business Day of the request for redemption received in proper form - plus cash in an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the Shares being
| 40 |
redeemed, as next determined after a receipt of a request in proper form, and the value of the Fund Securities (the “Cash Redemption Amount”), less a fixed redemption transaction fee and any applicable additional variable charge as set forth below. In the event that the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the Shares being redeemed, a compensating cash payment to a Portfolio equal to the differential is required to be made by or through an Authorized Participant by the redeeming shareholder. The Fund reserves the right to honor a redemption request by delivering a basket of securities or cash that differs from the Fund Securities.
Procedures for Redemption of Creation Units
After the Fund has deemed an order for redemption received, the Fund will initiate procedures to transfer the requisite Fund Securities and the Cash Redemption Amount to the Authorized Participant by the Settlement Date. The calculation of the value of the Fund Securities and the Cash Redemption Amount to be delivered upon redemption will be made by the Custodian according to the procedures set forth under “Valuation of Shares”, computed on the Business Day on which a redemption order is deemed received by the Fund. Therefore, if a redemption order in proper form is submitted to the Principal Underwriter by a DTC Participant by the Closing Time on the Order Placement Date, and the requisite number of Shares are delivered to the Custodian prior to 6:00 p.m. Eastern time (per applicable instructions) on the Settlement Date, then the value of the Fund Securities and the Cash Redemption Amount to be delivered will be determined by the Custodian on such Order Placement Date. If the requisite number of Shares are not delivered by 6:00 p.m. Eastern time (per applicable instructions) on the Settlement Date, a Portfolio will not release the underlying securities for delivery unless collateral is posted in such percentage amount of missing Shares as set forth in the Participant Agreement (marked to market daily). If the requisite number of Shares are not delivered by 6:00 p.m. Eastern time (per applicable instructions) on the Settlement Date, and the required collateral is not posted, then the redemption order will not be deemed received as of the Order Placement Date. In such case, the value of the Fund Securities and the Cash Redemption Amount to be delivered will be computed on the Business Day that such order is deemed received by the Fund. In addition, if the requisite number of Shares is not delivered on the Settlement Date, a Portfolio may reject or revoke acceptance of the redemption request because the Authorized Participant has not satisfied all of the settlement requirements. The current procedures for collateralization of missing Shares require, among other things, that any cash collateral shall be in the form of U.S. dollars in immediately available funds and shall be held by the Custodian and marked-to-market daily, and that the fees of the Custodian and any sub-custodians in respect of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the cash collateral shall be payable by the Authorized Participant. The Authorized Participant’s agreement will permit the Fund, on behalf of the Portfolio, to purchase the missing Shares or acquire the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component underlying such Shares at any time and will subject the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the cost to the Fund of purchasing such Shares, Deposit Securities or Cash Component and the value of the collateral.
In the event of a level 3 market-wide circuit breaker resulting in a trading halt for the remainder of the trading day, the time of the market-wide trading halt is considered the close of regular trading and no creation orders for the current trade date will be accepted after that time (the “cutoff”). Orders placed after the cutoff will be deemed to be rejected and will not be processed. Orders should be placed in proper form on the following business day.
In certain cases, Authorized Participants will redeem and create Creation Unit Aggregations of the same Portfolio on the same trade date. In these instances, the Fund reserves the right to settle these transactions on a net basis.
With respect to in-kind redemptions by a Portfolio, in connection with taking delivery of shares of Fund Securities upon redemption of Creation Units, an Authorized Participant must maintain appropriate custody arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank or other custody providers in each jurisdiction in which any of the Fund Securities are customarily traded (or such other arrangements as allowed by the Fund or its agents), to which account such Fund Securities will be delivered. Deliveries of redemption proceeds generally will be made within prescribed settlement periods.
If it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Fund Securities, the Fund may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such Shares in cash, and the redeeming investor will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In addition, an investor may request a redemption in cash that each Portfolio may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the NAV of its Shares based on the NAV of Shares next determined after the redemption request is received in proper
| 41 |
form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charge for requested cash redemptions specified above, to offset the Fund’s brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities).
An Authorized Participant submitting a redemption request is deemed to represent to the Fund that it (or its client) (i) owns outright or has full legal authority and legal beneficial right to tender for redemption the requisite number of Shares to be redeemed and can receive the entire proceeds of the redemption, and (ii) the Shares to be redeemed have not been loaned or pledged to another party nor are they the subject of a repurchase agreement, securities lending agreement or such other arrangement which would preclude the delivery of such Shares to the Fund. The Fund reserves the right to verify these representations at its discretion, but will typically require verification with respect to a redemption request from a Portfolio in connection with higher levels of redemption activity and/or short interest in a Portfolio. If the Authorized Participant, upon receipt of a verification request, does not provide sufficient verification of its representations as determined by the Fund, the redemption request will not be considered to have been received in proper form and may be rejected by the Fund.
Redemptions of Shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and each Portfolio (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Fund could not lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws. An Authorized Participant or an investor for which it is acting subject to a legal restriction with respect to a particular security included in the Fund Securities applicable to the redemption of Creation Units may be paid an equivalent amount of cash. The Authorized Participant may request the redeeming investor of the Shares to complete an order form or to enter into agreements with respect to such matters as compensating cash payment. Further, an Authorized Participant that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” (“QIB”) as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, will not be able to receive Fund Securities that are restricted securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A. An Authorized Participant may be required by the Fund to provide a written confirmation with respect to QIB status in order to receive Fund Securities.
Regular Foreign Holidays.
The Portfolios generally intend to effect deliveries of Creation Units and portfolio securities on a basis of prescribed settlement periods. The Portfolios may effect deliveries of Creation Units and portfolio securities on a basis other than prescribed settlement periods in order to accommodate local holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates or under certain other circumstances. The ability of the Fund to effect in-kind creations and redemptions within prescribed settlement periods in good form is subject, among other things, to the condition that, within the time period from the date of the order to the date of delivery of the securities, there are no days that are holidays in the applicable foreign market. For every occurrence of one or more intervening holidays in the applicable foreign market that are not holidays observed in the U.S. equity market, the redemption settlement cycle may be extended by the number of such intervening holidays. In addition to holidays, other unforeseeable closings in a foreign market due to emergencies may also prevent the Fund from delivering securities within normal settlement periods. The securities delivery cycles currently practicable for transferring portfolio securities to redeeming Authorized Participants, coupled with foreign market holiday schedules, will require a delivery process longer than prescribed settlement periods for the Portfolios, in certain circumstances. In such cases, the local market settlement procedures will not commence until the end of the local holiday periods. The timing of settlement may also be affected by the proclamation of new holidays, the treatment by market participants of certain days as “informal holidays” (e.g., days on which no or limited securities transactions occur, as a result of substantially shortened trading hours), the elimination of existing holidays or changes in local securities delivery practices. Because the portfolio securities of the Portfolios may trade on days that the Listing Exchanges is closed or on days that are not Business Days for the Portfolios, Authorized Participants may not be able to redeem their shares of the Portfolios, or to purchase and sell shares of the Portfolios on the Listing Exchanges, on days when the NAV of the Portfolios could be significantly affected by events in the relevant non-U.S. markets.
Required Early Acceptance of Orders.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, as described in the Participant Agreement and the applicable order form, a Portfolio may require orders to be placed up to one or more Business Days prior to the trade date, as described in the Participant Agreement or the applicable order form, in order to receive the trade date’s NAV. Orders to purchase
| 42 |
Shares that are submitted on the Business Day immediately preceding a holiday or a day (other than a weekend) that the equity markets in the relevant foreign market are closed will not be accepted. Authorized Participants may be notified that the cut-off time for an order may be earlier on a particular Business Day, as described in the Participant Agreement and the applicable order form.
Creation/Redemption Transaction Fee.
A transaction fee, as set forth in the table below, is imposed for the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the purchase or redemption of Creation Units, as applicable. Authorized Participants will be required to pay a fixed creation transaction fee and/or a fixed redemption transaction fee, as applicable, on a given day regardless of the number of Creation Units created or redeemed on that day. Each Portfolio may adjust the transaction fee from time to time, and a Portfolio may waive all or a portion of its applicable transaction fee(s). An additional charge or a variable charge (discussed below) will be applied to certain creation and redemption transactions, including non-standard orders and whole or partial cash purchases or redemptions. With respect to creation orders, Authorized Participants are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities constituting the Deposit Securities to the account of the Fund and with respect to redemption orders, Authorized Participants are responsible for the costs of transferring the Portfolio Securities from the Fund to their account or on their order. Investors who use the services of a broker or other such intermediary may also be charged a fee for such services.
Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees:
| Portfolio | Transaction Fee* | Maximum Transaction Fee** |
Maximum Redemption Fee** | |||
| Disciplined International Equity ETF | $700 | 2% | 2% | |||
| Global Secured Options ETF | $300 | 2% | 2% |
| * | An additional charge of up to three (3) times the standard transaction fee may be charged to the extent a transaction is outside of the clearing process. |
| ** | In addition to the transaction fees listed above, a Portfolio may charge an additional variable fee for creations and redemptions in cash, partial cash creations and redemptions, and non-standard orders to offset brokerage and impact expenses associated with the cash transaction. The variable transaction fee will be calculated based on historical transaction cost data and the Advisor’s view of current market conditions; however, the actual variable fee charged for a given transaction may be lower or higher than the trading expenses incurred by a Portfolio with respect to that transaction. |
Cash Redemptions.
A Portfolio may pay out the proceeds of redemptions of Creation Unit Aggregations solely in cash or through any combination of cash or securities. In addition, an investor may request a redemption in cash that a Portfolio may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the Authorized Participant will receive a cash payment equal to the NAV of its shares based on the NAV of shares of the Portfolio next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charge for requested cash redemptions specified above, to offset the Fund’s brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities). Proceeds will be paid to the Authorized Participant redeeming shares on behalf of the redeeming investor as soon as practicable after the date of redemption. If the Authorized Participant acts as a broker for a Portfolio in connection with the sale of Fund Securities, the Authorized Participant will also be required to pay certain brokerage commissions, taxes, and transaction and market impact costs as discussed under the heading “Brokerage Transactions” herein.
Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and each Portfolio (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Unit Aggregations for cash to the extent that the Fund could not lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws.
| 43 |
Additional Redemption Procedures.
The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed with respect to a Portfolio (1) for any period during which the Listing Exchanges is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (2) for any period during which trading on the Listing Exchanges is suspended or restricted; (3) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the Portfolio’s Shares or determination of its NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (4) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING TAXES
The following summarizes certain additional tax considerations generally affecting the Portfolios and their shareholders that are not described in the Prospectuses. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Portfolios or their shareholders, and the discussions here and in the Prospectuses are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Potential investors should consult their tax advisers with specific reference to their own tax situations.
The discussions of the Federal tax consequences in the Prospectuses and this SAI are based on the Code, and the regulations issued under it, and court decisions and administrative interpretations as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly alter the statements included herein, and any such changes or decisions may be retroactive.
General
Each Portfolio qualified during its last taxable year and intends to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. As a regulated investment company, each Portfolio generally is exempt from Federal income tax on its net investment income and realized capital gains that it distributes to shareholders. To qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, each Portfolio must meet three important tests each year.
First, each Portfolio must derive with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies or net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships.
Second, generally, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value of each Portfolio’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies and securities of other issuers as to which the Portfolio has not invested more than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities of such issuer and as to which the Portfolio does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of each Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in the securities of (1) any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), (2) two or more issuers that the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or (3) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.
Third, each Portfolio must distribute an amount equal to at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) before taking into account any deduction for dividends paid, and 90% of its tax-exempt income, if any, for the year.
Each Portfolio intends to comply with these requirements. If a Portfolio were to fail to make sufficient distributions, it could be liable for corporate income tax and for excise tax in respect of the shortfall or, if the shortfall is large enough, the Portfolio could be disqualified as a regulated investment company. If for any taxable year a Portfolio were not to qualify as a regulated investment company, all its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In that event, taxable shareholders would recognize dividend income on distributions to the extent of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits and corporate shareholders could be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.
The Code imposes a nondeductible 4% excise tax on regulated investment companies that fail to distribute each year an amount equal to specified percentages of their ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income
| 44 |
(excess of capital gains over capital losses). Each Portfolio intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions each year to avoid liability for this excise tax.
Taxation of Certain Investments
The tax principles applicable to transactions in certain financial instruments, such as futures contracts and options, that may be engaged in by a Portfolio, and investments in passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), are complex and, in some cases, uncertain. Such transactions and investments may cause a Portfolio to recognize taxable income prior to the receipt of cash, thereby requiring the Portfolio to liquidate other positions, or to borrow money, so as to make sufficient distributions to shareholders to avoid corporate-level tax. Moreover, some or all of the taxable income recognized may be ordinary income or short-term capital gain, so that the distributions may be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.
In addition, in the case of any shares of a PFIC in which a Portfolio invests, the Portfolio may be liable for corporate-level tax on any ultimate gain or distributions on the shares if the Portfolio fails to make an election to recognize income annually during the period of its ownership of the shares.
Capital Loss Carryforwards
The Portfolios have not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI. Accordingly, the Portfolios do not have any capital loss carryforwards. The following Predecessor Fund has available capital loss carryforwards as of October 31, 2025, that may be carried forward indefinitely retaining their tax character to offset future net capital gains to the extent permitted by the Code and applicable tax regulations as follows:
| Predecessor Fund | Unlimited (Short Term) | Unlimited (Long Term) |
| Global Secured Options* | $4,843,851 | $1,426,967 |
| * | Utilization of the capital loss carryforwards of the Global Secured Options is severely limited currently and in future years pursuant to Section 382 of the Code. |
Special Considerations Regarding Investment in Options and Futures
The Global Secured Options ETF expects to purchase and to sell various call options and put options. In general, option premiums received by a Portfolio are not immediately included in the income of the Portfolio. Instead, the premiums are taken into account when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the Portfolio transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If a call option written by a Portfolio is exercised and the Portfolio sells or delivers the underlying stock, the Portfolio generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) the sum of the exercise price and the option premium received by the Portfolio minus (b) the Portfolio’s basis in the stock. That gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending on the holding period of the underlying stock. If a put option written by a Portfolio is exercised and the Portfolio purchases the underlying stock, that purchase does not give rise to any gain or loss at that time and the Portfolio’s basis in the stock will generally equal the exercise price of the put option reduced by the premium the Portfolio received for writing the option. Gain or loss with respect to any termination of the Portfolio’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option and the related sale or delivery of the underlying stock generally will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the Portfolio is greater or less than the amount paid by the Portfolio (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by the Portfolio expires unexercised, the Portfolio generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.
A Portfolio’s writing of covered call options, and a Portfolio’s holding of certain other offsetting positions, may in turn trigger the Federal income tax straddle rules of Section 1092 of the Code, requiring that losses be deferred and holding periods be tolled on offsetting positions in options and stocks deemed to constitute substantially similar or related property. Options on single stocks that are not “deep in the money” may give rise to qualified covered calls, which generally are not subject to the straddle rules. The holding period on stock underlying covered calls that are “in the money” although not “deep in the money” will be suspended during the period that such calls are outstanding. Thus the straddle rules and the rules governing qualified covered calls could cause gains that would otherwise constitute long-term capital gains to be treated as short-term capital gains, and distributions that would otherwise constitute
| 45 |
qualified dividend income or qualify for the dividends received deduction to fail to satisfy the holding period requirements and therefore to be taxed as ordinary income or to fail to qualify for the 50% dividends received deduction for Portfolio shareholders that are corporations.
The tax treatment of certain futures contracts which may be entered into by the Global Secured Options ETF, as well as listed non-equity options which may be written or purchased by a Portfolio on U.S. exchanges (including options on futures contracts, broad-based equity indices and debt securities) may be governed by Section 1256 of the Code (“Section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on Section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from those contracts may be treated as ordinary in character. Also, any Section 1256 contracts held by the Portfolio at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as 60/40 or ordinary gain or loss, as applicable.
In addition to the special rules for options and futures transactions, the Global Secured Options ETF’s, transactions in other derivatives (for example, forward contracts and swap agreements) as well as any of its other hedging transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (including the notional principal contract, constructive sale, wash sale and short sale rule). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by the Portfolio are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains by the Portfolio, defer losses of the Portfolio, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Portfolio’s securities. These rules, therefore, could affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. In addition, because the tax rules applicable to derivative financial instruments are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Portfolio has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid a fund-level tax.
Creation Units
As a result of U.S. federal income tax requirements, the Fund on behalf of each Portfolio, has the right to reject an order for a creation of shares if the creator (or group of creators) would, upon obtaining the shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of a Portfolio and if, pursuant to Section 351 of the Code, the Portfolio would have a basis in the Deposit Securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. The Fund also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination. See the discussion above under the heading, “Purchase and Redemption of Creation Unit Aggregations - Acceptance of Orders of Creation Units.”
State and Local Taxes
Although each Portfolio intends to qualify as a regulated investment company and to be relieved of all or substantially all Federal income taxes, depending upon the extent of its activities in states and localities in which its offices are maintained, in which its agents or independent contractors are located, or in which it is otherwise deemed to be conducting business, a Portfolio may be subject to the tax laws of such states or localities.
SHAREHOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF HOLDING SHARES IN THE PORTFOLIOS IN LIGHT OF THEIR INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS ANY FOREIGN, STATE AND LOCAL OR OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY ARISE AS A RESULT OF HOLDING SHARES IN A PORTFOLIO.
| 46 |
GENERAL INFORMATION
Description of Shares and Voting Rights
The shares of each Portfolio have no preference as to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other rights, and, when issued and paid for as provided in the Prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable. The shares of each Portfolio have no pre-emptive rights and do not have cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares of the Fund voting for the election of its Board members can elect 100% of the Board of that Fund if they choose to do so. A shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share held (and a fractional vote for each fractional share held), then standing in his or her name on the books of the particular Portfolio. The Fund will not hold annual meetings of shareholders, except as required by the 1940 Act, the next sentence and other applicable law. The Fund has undertaken that its Board will call a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of a Board member or members if such a meeting is requested in writing by the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the particular Portfolio. To the extent required by the undertaking, the particular Portfolio will assist shareholder communication in such matters.
Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required to be submitted to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio or class affected by the matter. The Portfolio or class is affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of the Portfolio or class in the matter are substantially identical or that the matter does not affect any interest of the Portfolio or class. Under Rule 18f-2, the approval of an investment advisory agreement or any change in a fundamental investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to the Portfolio only if approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio. However, Rule 18f-2 also provides that the ratification of independent public accountants and the election of directors or trustees may be effectively acted upon by shareholders of the Fund voting without regard to the Portfolio.
Notwithstanding any provision of Maryland law requiring a greater vote of the Fund’s common stock (or of the shares of the Portfolio or class voting separately as a class) in connection with any corporate action, unless otherwise provided by law (for example by Rule 18f-2 discussed above) or by the Fund’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement, the Fund may take or authorize such action upon the favorable vote of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding common stock of the Fund entitled to vote thereon. Under Maryland law, the Board may liquidate a Portfolio or class without shareholder approval.
Role of the DTC. DTC acts as Securities Depository for the shares of the Portfolios which are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.
DTC, a limited-purpose trust company, was created to hold securities of its participants (“DTC Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among the DTC Participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the DTC Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities’ certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of which (and/or their representatives) own DTC. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (“Indirect Participants”).
Beneficial ownership of shares is limited to DTC Participants, Indirect Participants and persons holding interests through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in shares (owners of such beneficial interests are referred to herein as “Beneficial Owners”) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC Participants) and on the records of DTC Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners that are not DTC Participants). Beneficial Owners will receive from or through the DTC Participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase of shares. No Beneficial Owner shall have the right to receive a certificate representing such shares. The laws of some jurisdictions may require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. Such laws may impair the ability of certain investors to acquire beneficial interests in shares of a Fund.
Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Fund and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Fund
| 47 |
upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Fund a listing of the Shares held by each DTC Participant. The Fund shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Fund shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form and number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Fund shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.
Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all Shares. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall immediately credit DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in Shares as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.
The Fund has no responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or notices to Beneficial Owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in such shares, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests, or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC Participants or the relationship between such DTC Participants and the Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC Participants. DTC may decide to discontinue its service with respect to the Shares at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Fund and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the Fund shall take action to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost.
Certain Record Holders
To the Fund’s knowledge, the following shareholders held of record or beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the indicated Portfolio as of August 31, 2026. Any shareholder that owns more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a Portfolio or class may be presumed to “control” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) the Portfolio or class. Shareholders controlling a Portfolio or class could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the Portfolio or class on any matter requiring approval of shareholders of the Portfolio or class.
| Portfolio | Name and Address of Owner | Ownership Type | Percentage of Outstanding Shares |
| Disciplined International Equity Portfolio – Advisor Shares |
Lauer & Co. c/o The Glenmede Trust Company One Liberty Place 1650 Market Street, Suite 4000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 |
Record | 69.07% |
| Disciplined International Equity Portfolio – Advisor Shares |
Charles Schwab & Co. Inc. Special Custody Account for the Exclusive Benefit of Customers Attn: Mutual Fund Operations 88 Kearny Street San Francisco, CA 94108 |
Record | 27.23% |
| Disciplined International Equity Portfolio - Institutional Shares |
Lauer & Co. c/o The Glenmede Trust Company One Liberty Place 1650 Market Street, Suite 4000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 |
Record | 99.46% |
| 48 |
| Portfolio | Name and Address of Owner | Ownership Type | Percentage of Outstanding Shares |
| Glenmede Secured Options Portfolio – Advisor Shares |
Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC c/o First Clearing 1 North Jefferson Avenue St. Louis, MO 63103 |
Record | 87.27% |
| Global Secured Options Portfolio - Institutional Shares |
Lauer & Co. c/o The Glenmede Trust Company One Liberty Place 1650 Market Street, Suite 4000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 |
Record | 93.86% |
As of August 31, 2026, the Directors and Officers of the Fund collectively owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each of the Fund’s Portfolios.
Dividends and Distributions
Each Portfolio’s policy is to distribute substantially all of its net investment income, if any, together with any net realized capital gains in the amount and at the times that will avoid both income (including capital gains) taxes on it and the imposition of the Federal excise tax on undistributed income and gains. The amounts of any income dividends or capital gains distributions for a Portfolio cannot be predicted.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Fund’s Financial Statements for the Predecessor Funds for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, and the financial highlights for each of the respective periods presented, appearing in the 2025 Annual Financial Statements on Form N-CSR, and the reports thereon of Cohen & Company, Ltd., the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, also appearing therein on Form N-CSR, are incorporated by reference in this SAI. No other parts of the 2025 Annual Financial Statements are incorporated herein.
OTHER INFORMATION
The Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI do not contain all the information included in the Registration Statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the securities offered by the Prospectuses. Certain portions of the Registration Statement have been omitted from the Prospectus and this SAI pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Registration Statement, including the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C.
Statements contained in the Prospectus or in this SAI as to the contents of any contract or other documents referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which the Prospectus and this SAI form a part, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.
The third-party marks appearing above are the marks of their respective owners.
| 49 |
APPENDIX A
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS
Short-Term Credit Ratings
An S&P Global Ratings short-term issue credit rating is generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P Global Ratings for short-term issues:
“A-1” – A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
“A-2” – A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.
“A-3” – A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
“B” – A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
“C” – A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
“D” – A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.
Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings – S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.
“NR” – This indicates that a rating has not been assigned or is no longer assigned.
Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.
Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
“P-1” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations. “P-2” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.
| A-1 |
“P-3” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations. “NP” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories. “NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issuer, obligation and/or program.
Fitch, Inc./Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention.1 Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:
“F1” – Securities possess the highest short-term credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
“F2” – Securities possess good short-term credit quality. This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
“F3” – Securities possess fair short-term credit quality. This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
“B” – Securities possess speculative short-term credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
“C” – Securities possess high short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
“RD” – Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.
“D” – Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation. “NR” – Is assigned to an issue of a rated issuer that are not and have not been rated.
The Morningstar DBRS® Ratings Limited (“Morningstar DBRS”) short-term obligation ratings provide Morningstar DBRS’ opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. The obligations rated in this category typically have a term of shorter than one year. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the subcategories “(high)”, “(middle)”, and “(low)”.
The following summarizes the ratings used by Morningstar DBRS for commercial paper and short-term debt:
“R-1 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.
“R-1 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from “R-1 (high)” by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.
“R-1 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.
1 A long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity.
| A-2 |
“R-2 (high)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.
“R-2 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.
“R-2 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.
“R-3” – Short-term debt rated “R-3” is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events, and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.
“R-4” – Short-term debt rated “R-4” is considered to be of speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.
“R-5” – Short-term debt rated “R-5” is considered to be of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.
“D” – A downgrade to “D” may occur when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding-up statute, or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods. Morningstar DBRS may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P Global Ratings for long-term issues:
“AAA” – An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.
“AA” – An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.
“A” – An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.
“BBB” – An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
“BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” – Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.
“BB” – An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
| A-3 |
“B” – An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
“CCC” – An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
“CC” – An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.
“C” – An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.
“D” – An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within the next five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or the next 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.
Plus (+) or minus (-) – Ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.
“NR” – This indicates that a rating has not been assigned, or is no longer assigned.
Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings – S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.
Moody’s long-term ratings are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations with an original maturity of eleven months or more. Such ratings reflect both on the likelihood of default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:
“Aaa” – Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk. “Aa” – Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
“A” – Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
“Baa” – Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
“Ba” – Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk. “B” – Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
“Caa” – Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
“Ca” – Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
| A-4 |
“C” – Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
“NR” – Is assigned to unrated obligations, obligation and/or program. The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:
“AAA” – Securities considered to be of the highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
“AA” – Securities considered to be of very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
“A” – Securities considered to be of high credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
“BBB” – Securities considered to be of good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
“BB” – Securities considered to be speculative. “BB” ratings indicates an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.
“B” – Securities considered to be highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material credit risk is present “CCC” – A “CCC” rating indicates that substantial credit risk is present.
“CC” – A “CC” rating indicates very high levels of credit risk.
“C” – A “C” rating indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.
Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned “RD” or “D” ratings but are instead rated in the “CCC” to “C” rating categories, depending on their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Fitch believes that this approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.
Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below “CCC”.
“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated issue of a rated issuer.
The Morningstar DBRS long-term obligation ratings provide Morningstar DBRS’ opinion on the risk that investors may not be repaid in accordance with the terms under which the long-term obligation was issued. The obligations rated in this category typically have a term of one year or longer. All rating categories from AA to CCC contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low)”. The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category. The following summarizes the ratings used by Morningstar DBRS for long-term debt:
“AAA” – Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.
| A-5 |
“AA” – Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from “AAA” only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.
“A” – Long-term debt rated “A” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than “AA.” May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.
“BBB” – Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.
“BB” – Long-term debt rated “BB” is of speculative, non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.
“B” – Long-term debt rated “B” is of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.
“CCC”, “CC” and “C” – Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is of very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although “CC” and “C” ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default or subordinated to obligations rated in the “CCC” to “B” range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the “C” category.
“D” – A downgrade to “D” may occur when the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods. Morningstar DBRS may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”.
Municipal Note Ratings
An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:
• Amortization schedule - the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
• Source of payment - the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.
Municipal Short-Term Note rating symbols are as follows:
“SP-1” – A municipal note rated “SP-1” exhibits a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
“SP-2” – A municipal note rated “SP-2” exhibits a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
“SP-3” – A municipal note rated “SP-3” exhibits a speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
“D” – This rating is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.
| A-6 |
Moody’s uses the global short-term Prime rating scale (listed above under Short-Term Credit Ratings) for commercial paper issued by U.S. municipalities and nonprofits. These commercial paper programs may be backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities, or by an issuer’s self-liquidity.
For other short-term municipal obligations, Moody’s uses one of two other short-term rating scales, the Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and Variable Municipal Investment Grade (“VMIG”) scales provided below.
Moody’s uses the MIG scale for U.S. municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less.
MIG Scale
“MIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
“MIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
“MIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated obligation, obligation and/or program.
In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), Moody’s assigns both a long-term rating and a short-term payment obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interest payments. The short-term payment obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to meet any purchase price payment obligation resulting from optional tenders (“on demand”) and/or mandatory tenders of the VRDO. The short-term payment obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. Transitions of VMIG ratings with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions of Prime ratings reflecting the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.
Moody’s typically assigns the VMIG rating if the frequency of the payment obligation is less than every three years. If the frequency of the payment obligation is less than three years but the obligation is payable only with remarketing proceeds, the VMIG short-term rating is not assigned and it is denoted as “NR”.
“VMIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections.
“VMIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections.
“VMIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections.
“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections.
“NR” – Is assigned to an unrated obligation, obligation and/or program.
| A-7 |
About Credit Ratings
An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities.
Fitch’s credit ratings are forward-looking opinions on the relative ability of an entity or obligation to meet financial commitments. Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs) are assigned to corporations, sovereign entities, financial institutions such as banks, leasing companies and insurers, and public finance entities (local and regional governments). Issue-level ratings are also assigned and often include an expectation of recovery, which may be notched above or below the issuer-level rating. Issue ratings are assigned to secured and unsecured debt securities, loans, preferred stock and other instruments. Credit ratings are indications of the likelihood of repayment in accordance with the terms of the issuance. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e., rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation).
Morningstar DBRS offers independent, transparent, and innovative credit analysis to the market. Credit ratings are forward-looking opinions about credit risk that reflect the creditworthiness of an issuer, rated entity, security and/or obligation based on Morningstar DBRS’ quantitative and qualitative analysis in accordance with applicable methodologies and criteria. They are meant to provide opinions on relative measures of risk and are not based on expectations of, or meant to predict, any specific default probability. Credit ratings are not statements of fact. Morningstar DBRS issues credit ratings using one or more categories, such as public, private, provisional, final(ized), solicited, or unsolicited. From time to time, credit ratings may also be subject to trends, placed under review, or discontinued. Morningstar DBRS credit ratings are determined by credit rating committees.
| A-8 |
|
|
|
B-1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
| ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
Routine/Miscellaneous |
|
• |
Vote for proposals that relate specifically
to soliciting votes for a merger or transaction if supporting that merger or transaction. |
|
• |
Vote against proposals if the wording is too vague
or if the proposal includes “other business.” |
|
• |
The new quorum threshold requested; |
|
• |
The rationale presented for the reduction; |
|
• |
The market capitalization of the company (size,
inclusion in indices); |
|
• |
The company’s ownership structure; |
|
• |
Previous voter turnout or attempts to achieve
quorum; |
|
• |
Any provisions or commitments to restore quorum
to a majority of shares outstanding, should voter turnout improve sufficiently; and |
|
• |
Other factors as appropriate. |
|
|
|
B-10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The terms of the auditor agreement-the degree
to which these agreements impact shareholders’ rights; |
|
• |
The motivation and rationale for establishing
the agreements; |
|
• |
The quality of the company’s disclosure;
and |
|
• |
The company’s historical practices in the
audit area. |
|
• |
An auditor has a financial interest in or association
with the company, and is therefore not independent; |
|
• |
There is reason to believe that the independent
auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position; |
|
• |
Poor accounting practices are identified that
rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures;
or |
|
• |
Fees for non-audit services (“Other”
fees) are excessive. |
|
• |
Non-audit (“other”) fees > audit
fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees |
|
|
|
B-11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The tenure of the audit firm; |
|
• |
The length of rotation specified in the proposal;
|
|
• |
Any significant audit-related issues at the company;
|
|
• |
The number of audit committee meetings held each
year; |
|
• |
The number of financial experts serving on the
committee; and |
|
• |
Whether the company has a periodic renewal
process where the auditor is evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price. |
|
2. |
Board of Directors |
|
• |
Accountability:
Boards should be sufficiently accountable to shareholders, including through transparency of the company’s governance practices
and regular board elections, by the provision of sufficient information for shareholders to be able to assess directors and board composition,
and through the ability of shareholders to remove directors. |
|
• |
Responsiveness:
Directors should respond to investor input, such as that expressed through significant opposition to management proposals, significant
support for shareholder proposals (whether binding or non-binding), and tender offers where a majority of shares are tendered. |
|
• |
Composition:
Companies should seek directors who can add value to the board through specific skills or expertise and who can devote sufficient time
and commitment to serve effectively. Boards should be of a size appropriate to accommodate diversity, expertise, and independence, while
ensuring active and collaborative participation by all members. Boards should be sufficiently diverse to ensure consideration of a wide
range of perspectives. |
|
• |
Independence:
Boards should be sufficiently independent from management (and significant shareholders) so as to ensure that they are able and motivated
to effectively supervise management’s performance for the benefit of all shareholders, including in setting and monitoring the execution
of corporate strategy, with appropriate use of shareholder capital, and in setting and monitoring executive compensation programs that
support that strategy. The chair of the board should ideally be an independent director, and all boards should have an independent leadership
position or a similar role in order to help provide appropriate counterbalance to executive management, as well as having sufficiently
independent committees that focus on key governance concerns such as audit, compensation, and nomination of directors. |
|
|
|
B-12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
A classified board structure; |
|
• |
A supermajority vote requirement; |
|
• |
Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested
director elections or a majority vote standard with no plurality carve-out for contested elections; |
|
• |
The inability of shareholders to call special
meetings; |
|
• |
The inability of shareholders to act by written
consent; |
|
• |
A multi-class capital structure; and/or |
|
• |
A non–shareholder-approved poison pill.
|
|
• |
The company has a poison pill with a deadhand
or slowhand feature2; |
|
• |
The board makes a material adverse modification
to an existing pill, including, but not limited to, extension, renewal, or lowering the trigger, without shareholder approval; or |
|
• |
The company has a long-term poison pill (with
a term of over one year) that was not approved by the public shareholders3. |
|
• |
The trigger threshold and other terms of the pill;
|
|
• |
The disclosed rationale for the adoption; |
|
1 |
A
“new nominee” is a director who is being presented for election by shareholders for the first time. Recommendations on new
nominees who have served for less than one year are made on a case-by-case basis depending on the timing of their appointment and the
problematic governance issue in question. |
|
2 |
If
a short-term pill with a deadhand or slowhand feature is enacted but expires before the next shareholder vote, Glenmede Policy will generally
still recommend withhold/against nominees at the next shareholder meeting following its adoption. |
|
3 |
Approval
prior to, or in connection, with a company’s becoming publicly-traded, or in connection with a de-SPAC transaction, is insufficient. |
|
|
|
B-13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The context in which the pill was adopted,
(e.g.) industry factors such as the company’s size and stage of development, sudden changes in its market capitalization, and extraordinary
industry-wide or macroeconomic events); |
|
• |
A commitment to put any renewal to a shareholder
vote; |
|
• |
The company’s overall track record on corporate
governance and responsiveness to shareholders; and |
|
• |
Other factors as relevant. |
|
• |
The board’s rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter
amendment without shareholder ratification; |
|
• |
Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement
with shareholders regarding the amendment; |
|
• |
The level of impairment of shareholders’
rights caused by the board’s unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter; |
|
• |
The board’s track record with regard
to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions; |
|
• |
The company’s ownership structure; |
|
• |
The company’s existing governance provisions;
|
|
• |
The timing of the board’s amendment to
the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and, |
|
• |
Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that
may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders. |
|
• |
Classified the board; |
|
• |
Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend
the bylaws or charter; |
|
• |
Eliminated shareholders’ ability to amend
bylaws; |
|
• |
Adopted a fee-shifting provision; or |
|
• |
Adopted another provision deemed egregious. |
|
4 |
Includes
companies that emerge from bankruptcy, SPAC transactions, spin-offs, direct listings, and those who complete a traditional initial public
offering. |
|
|
|
B-14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws
or charter; |
|
• |
A classified board structure; or |
|
• |
Other egregious provisions. |
|
• |
Newly-public companies6
with a sunset provision of no more than seven years from the date of going public; |
|
• |
Limited Partnerships and the Operating Partnership
(OP) unit structure of REITs; |
|
• |
Convertible preferred shares that vote on an “as-converted”
basis; |
|
• |
Situations where the enhanced voting rights
are limited in duration and applicability, such as where they are intended to overcome low voting turnout and ensure approval of a specific
non-controversial agenda item and “mirrored voting” applies; |
|
• |
Situations where the unequal voting rights are
considered de minimis; or |
|
• |
The company provides sufficient protections
for minority shareholders, such as allowing minority shareholders a regular binding vote on whether the capital structure should be maintained.
|
|
• |
The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing
the same issue on the same ballot; |
|
• |
The board’s rationale for seeking ratification;
|
|
• |
Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board
should the ratification proposal fail; |
|
• |
Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding
the board’s ratification request; |
|
• |
The level of impairment to shareholders’
rights caused by the existing provision; |
|
• |
The history of management and shareholder proposals
on the provision at the company’s past meetings; |
|
• |
Whether the current provision was adopted in response
to the shareholder proposal; |
|
5 |
This
generally includes classes of common or preferred stock that have more votes per share than other shares; classes of shares that are not
entitled to vote on all the same ballot items or nominees; or stock with time-phased voting rights (“loyalty shares”). Preferred
shares that have voting rights only with respect to items that affect the rights of their holders as a class are not generally considered
a problematic capital structure. |
|
6 |
Newly-public
companies generally include companies that emerge from bankruptcy, SPAC transactions, spin-offs, direct listings, and those who complete
a traditional initial public offering. |
|
|
|
B-15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The company’s ownership structure; and |
|
• |
Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude
shareholder proposals. |
|
• |
The company’s governing documents impose
undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include but are not limited to: outright prohibition
on the submission of binding shareholder proposals, or share ownership requirements, subject matter restrictions, or time holding requirement
in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis. |
|
• |
Submission of management proposals to approve
or ratify requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8 for the submission of binding bylaw amendments will generally be viewed as an
insufficient restoration of shareholders’ rights. Generally, continue to vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis until shareholders
are provided with an unfettered ability to amend the bylaws or a proposal providing for such unfettered right is submitted for shareholder
approval. |
|
• |
The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive
(see discussion under “Auditor Ratification”); |
|
• |
The company receives an adverse opinion on the
company’s financial statements from its auditor; or |
|
• |
There is persuasive evidence that the audit
committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders,
to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm. |
|
• |
Poor accounting practices are identified that
rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures.
Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence, and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective
actions, in determining whether withhold/against votes are warranted. |
|
• |
There is a significant misalignment between CEO
pay and company performance (pay for performance); |
|
• |
The company maintains significant problematic
pay practices; |
|
• |
The board exhibits a significant level of poor
communication and responsiveness to shareholders; |
|
• |
The company fails to include a Say on Pay ballot
item when required under SEC provisions, or under the company’s declared frequency of say on pay; or |
|
• |
The company fails to include a Frequency of Say
on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions. |
|
|
|
B-16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The presence of an anti-pledging policy, disclosed
in the proxy statement, that prohibits future pledging activity; |
|
• |
The magnitude of aggregate pledged shares in
terms of total common shares outstanding, market value, and trading volume; |
|
• |
Disclosure of progress or lack thereof in reducing
the magnitude of aggregate pledged shares over time; |
|
• |
Disclosure in the proxy statement that shares
subject to stock ownership and holding requirements do not include pledged company stock; and |
|
• |
Any other relevant factors. |
|
• |
Material failures of governance, stewardship,
risk oversight8, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company, including failure to
adequately guard against or manage ESG risks; |
|
• |
A lack of sustainability reporting in the company’s
public documents and/or website in conjunction with a failure to adequately manage or mitigate ESG risks; |
|
• |
Failure to replace management as appropriate;
or |
|
• |
Egregious actions related to a director’s
service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests
of shareholders at any company. |
|
7 |
May
include performance awards, retirement benefits, or problematic perquisites. |
|
8 |
Examples
of failure of risk oversight include, but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; demonstrably
poor risk oversight of environmental and social issues, including climate change; significant environmental incidents including spills
and pollution; large scale or repeat workplace fatalities or injuries; significant adverse legal judgments or settlements; or hedging
of company stock. |
|
9 |
Companies
defined as “significant GHG emitters” will be those on the current Climate Action 100+ Focus Group list. |
|
|
|
B-17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The company has detailed disclosure of climate-related
risks, such as according to the framework established by the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), including: |
|
• |
Board governance measures; |
|
• |
Corporate strategy; |
|
• |
Risk management analyses; and |
|
• |
Metrics and targets. |
|
• |
The company has declared a Net Zero target
by 2050 or sooner and the target includes scope 1, 2, and relevant scope 3 emissions. |
|
• |
The company has set a medium-term target for
reducing its GHG emissions and the targets include scope 1, 2, and relevant scope 3 emissions. |
|
• |
The company has a decarbonization strategy
in place, with a defined set of quantitative and qualitative actions to reach Net Zero targets. |
|
• |
Expectations about what constitutes “minimum
steps needed to be aligned with a Net Zero by 2050 trajectory” will increase over time. |
|
• |
The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal
that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year or failed to act on a management proposal seeking to ratify
an existing charter/bylaw provision that received opposition of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will
be considered are: |
|
• |
Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders
in the wake of the vote; |
|
• |
Rationale provided in the proxy statement for
the level of implementation; |
|
• |
The subject matter of the proposal; |
|
• |
The level of support for and opposition to the
resolution in past meetings; |
|
• |
Actions taken by the board in response to the
majority vote and its engagement with shareholders; |
|
• |
The continuation of the underlying issue as
a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and |
|
• |
Other factors as appropriate. |
|
• |
The board failed to act on takeover offers where
the majority of shares are tendered; |
|
• |
At the previous board election, any director
received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused
the high withhold/against vote. |
|
• |
Disclosure of engagement efforts with major
institutional investors regarding the issues that contributed to the low level of support (including the timing and frequency of engagements
and whether independent directors participated); |
|
|
|
B-18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Disclosure of the specific concerns voiced by
dissenting shareholders that led to the say-on-pay opposition; |
|
• |
Disclosure of specific and meaningful actions
taken to address shareholders’ concerns; |
|
• |
Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated; |
|
• |
The company’s ownership structure |
|
• |
Significant corporate activity, such as a recent
merger or proxy contest; and |
|
• |
Any other compensation action or factor considered
relevant to assessing board responsiveness. |
|
• |
Medical issues/illness; |
|
• |
Family emergencies; and |
|
• |
Missing only one meeting (when the total of all
meetings is three or fewer). |
|
• |
In cases of chronic poor attendance without
reasonable justification, in addition to voting against the director(s) with poor attendance, generally vote against or withhold from
appropriate members of the nominating/governance committees or the full board. |
|
10 |
Nominees
who served for only part of the fiscal year are generally exempted from the attendance policy. |
|
|
|
B-19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Sit on more than five public company boards; or
|
|
• |
Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the
boards of more than two public companies besides their own—withhold only at their outside boards11.
|
|
• |
Independent directors comprise 50 percent or less
of the board; |
|
• |
The non-independent director serves on the audit,
compensation, or nominating committee; |
|
• |
The company lacks an audit, compensation, or
nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee; or |
|
• |
The company lacks a formal nominating committee,
even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee. |
|
1. |
Executive Director
|
|
1.1. |
Current officer[1]
of the company or one of its affiliates[2]. |
|
2. |
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director |
|
2.1. |
Director identified as not independent by the
board. |
|
2.2. |
Beneficial owner of more than 50 percent of
the company’s voting power (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a group). |
|
2.3. |
Non-officer employee of the firm (including employee
representatives). |
|
2.4. |
Officer[1],
former officer, or general or limited partner of a joint venture or partnership with the company. |
|
11 |
Although
all of a CEO’s subsidiary boards will be counted as separate boards, Sustainability Advisory Services will not recommend a withhold
vote for the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (>50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent, but may do
so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationships. |
|
12 |
Underrepresented
gender identity includes directors who identify as women or as non-binary. |
|
13 |
Aggregate
diversity statistics provided by the board will only be considered if specific to racial and/or ethnic diversity. |
|
|
|
B-20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.5. |
Former CEO of the company.[3],[4] |
|
2.6. |
Former non-CEO officer[1]
of the company or an affiliate[2] within the past five years. |
|
2.7. |
Former officer[1]
of an acquired company within the past five years[4]. |
|
2.8. |
Officer[1]of
a former parent or predecessor firm at the time the company was sold or split off within the past five years. |
|
2.9. |
Former interim officer if the service was longer
than 18 months. If the service was between 12 and 18 months an assessment of the interim officer’s employment agreement will be
made.[5] |
|
2.10. |
Immediate family member[6]
of a current or former officer[1] of the company or its affiliates[2]
within the last five years. |
|
2.11. |
Immediate family member[6]
of a current employee of company or its affiliates[2] where additional factors
raise concern (which may include, but are not limited to, the following: a director related to numerous employees; the company or its
affiliates employ relatives of numerous board members; or a non-Section 16 officer in a key strategic role). |
|
2.12. |
Director who (or whose immediate family member[6])
currently provides professional services[7] in excess
of $10,000 per year to: the company, an affiliate[2],
or an individual officer of the company or an affiliate; either directly or is (or whose family member is) a partner, employee, or controlling
shareholder of an organization which provides the services. |
|
2.13. |
Director who (or whose immediate family member[6])
currently has any material transactional relationship[8] with the company or its affiliates[2];
or who is (or whose immediately family member[6] is) a partner in, or a controlling
shareholder or an executive officer of, an organization which has the material transactional relationship[8]
(excluding investments in the company through a private placement). |
|
2.14. |
Director who (or whose immediate family member[6])
is a trustee, director, or employee of a charitable or non-profit organization that receives material grants or endowments[8]
from the company or its affiliates[2]. |
|
2.15. |
Party to a voting agreement[9]
to vote in line with management on proposals being brought to shareholder vote. |
|
2.16. |
Has (or an immediate family member[6]
has) an interlocking relationship as defined by the SEC involving members of the board of directors or its Compensation Committee[10]. |
|
2.17. |
Founder[11]
of the company but not currently an employee. |
|
2.18. |
Director with pay comparable to Named Executive
Officers. |
|
2.19. |
Any material[12]
relationship with the company. |
|
3. |
Independent Director |
|
3.1. |
No material[12]
connection to the company other than a board seat. |
|
|
|
B-21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
[1] |
The
definition of officer will generally follow that of a “Section 16 officer” (officers subject to Section 16 of the
Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) and includes the chief executive, operating, financial, legal, technology, and accounting officers
of a company (including the president, treasurer, secretary, controller, or any vice president in charge of a principal business unit,
division, or policy function). Current interim officers are included in this category. For private companies, the equivalent positions
are applicable. A non-employee director serving as an officer due to statutory requirements (e.g. corporate secretary) will be classified
as an Affiliated Outsider under “Any material relationship with the company.” However, if the company provides explicit disclosure
that the director is not receiving additional compensation in excess of $10,000 per year for serving in that capacity, then the director
will be classified as an Independent Outsider. |
|
[2] |
“Affiliate”
includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company. Glenmede Policy uses 50 percent control ownership by the parent company as
the standard for applying its affiliate designation. The manager/advisor of an externally managed issuer (EMI) is considered an affiliate.
|
|
[3] |
Includes
any former CEO of the company prior to the company’s initial public offering (IPO). |
|
[4] |
When
there is a former CEO of a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) serving on the board of an acquired company, Glenmede Policy will
generally classify such directors as independent unless determined otherwise taking into account the following factors: the applicable
listing standards determination of such director’s independence; any operating ties to the firm; and the existence of any other
conflicting relationships or related party transactions. |
|
[5] |
Glenmede
Policy will look at the terms of the interim officer’s employment contract to determine if it contains severance pay, long-term
health and pension benefits, or other such standard provisions typically contained in contracts of permanent, non-temporary CEOs. Glenmede
Policy will also consider if a formal search process was under way for a full-time officer at the time. |
|
[6] |
“Immediate
family member” follows the SEC’s definition of such and covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings,
in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer,
or significant shareholder of the company. |
|
[7] |
Professional
services can be characterized as advisory in nature, generally involve access to sensitive company information or to strategic decision-making,
and typically have a commission- or fee-based payment structure. Professional services generally include, but are not limited to the following:
investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services;
accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; legal services; property management services; realtor services; lobbying
services; executive search services; and IT consulting services. The following would generally be considered transactional relationships
and not professional services: deposit services; IT tech support services; educational services; and construction services. The case of
participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transactional (and hence subject to the associated materiality
test) rather than a professional relationship. “Of Counsel” relationships are only considered immaterial if the individual
does not receive any form of compensation (in excess of $10,000 per year) from, or is a retired partner of, the firm providing the professional
service. The case of a company providing a professional service to one of its directors or to an entity with which one of its directors
is affiliated, will be considered a transactional rather than a professional relationship. Insurance services and marketing services are
assumed to be professional services unless the company explains why such services are not advisory. |
|
[8] |
A
material transactional relationship, including grants to non-profit organizations, exists if the company makes annual payments to, or
receives annual payments from, another entity exceeding the greater of $200,000 or 5 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues,
in the case of a company which follows NASDAQ listing standards; or the greater of $1,000,000 or 2 percent of the recipient’s gross
revenues, in the case of a company which follows NYSE listing standards. In the case of a company which follows neither of the preceding
standards, Glenmede Policy will apply the NASDAQ-based materiality test. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds
from the transaction). |
|
[9] |
Dissident
directors who are parties to a voting agreement pursuant to a settlement or similar arrangement may be classified as independent outsiders
if an analysis of the following factors indicates that the voting agreement does not compromise their alignment with all shareholders’
interests: the terms of the agreement; the duration of the standstill provision in the agreement; the limitations and requirements of
actions that are agreed upon; if the dissident director nominee(s) is subject to the standstill; and if there any conflicting relationships
or related party transactions. |
|
[10] |
Interlocks
include: executive officers serving as directors on each other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such
a committee, on the board); or executive officers sitting on each other’s boards and at least one serves on the other’s compensation
or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board). |
|
[11] |
The
operating involvement of the founder with the company will be considered; if the founder was never employed by the company, Glenmede Policy
may deem him or her an independent outsider. |
|
[12] |
For
purposes of Glenmede Policy’s director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship
(financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the
boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on
behalf of shareholders. |
|
|
|
B-22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The rationale provided for adoption of the term/tenure
limit; |
|
• |
The robustness of the company’s board evaluation
process; |
|
• |
Whether the limit is of sufficient length to allow
for a broad range of director tenures; |
|
• |
Whether the limit would disadvantage independent
directors compared to non-independent directors; and |
|
• |
Whether the board will impose the limit evenly,
and not have the ability to waive it in a discriminatory manner. |
|
• |
The scope of the shareholder proposal; and |
|
• |
Evidence of problematic issues at the company
combined with, or exacerbated by, a lack of board refreshment. |
|
• |
The reasonableness/scope of the request; and |
|
• |
The company’s existing disclosure on its
current CEO succession planning process. |
|
|
|
B-23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The company has proxy access, thereby allowing
shareholders to nominate directors to the company’s ballot; and |
|
• |
The company has adopted a majority vote standard,
with a carve-out for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats, and a director resignation policy to address
failed elections. |
|
• |
Eliminate entirely directors’ and officers’
liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care. |
|
• |
Eliminate directors’ and officers’
liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of loyalty. |
|
• |
Expand coverage beyond just legal expenses
to liability for acts that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness. |
|
• |
Expand the scope of indemnification to provide
for mandatory indemnification of company officials in connection with acts that previously the company was permitted to provide indemnification
for, at the discretion of the company’s board (i.e., “permissive indemnification”), but that previously the company
was not required to indemnify. |
|
• |
If the individual was found to have acted in
good faith and in a manner that the individual reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and |
|
• |
If only the director’s legal expenses would
be covered. |
|
• |
The company’s board committee structure,
existing subject matter expertise, and board nomination provisions relative to that of its peers; |
|
• |
The company’s existing board and management
oversight mechanisms regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought; |
|
14 |
Indemnification:
the condition of being secured against loss or damage. |
|
|
|
B-24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The company’s disclosure and performance
relating to the issue for which board oversight is sought and any significant related controversies; and |
|
• |
The scope and structure of the proposal. |
|
• |
Existing oversight mechanisms (including current
committee structure) regarding the issue for which board oversight is sought; |
|
• |
Level of disclosure regarding the issue for
which board oversight is sought; |
|
• |
Company performance related to the issue
for which board oversight is sought; |
|
• |
Board committee structure compared to that of
other companies in its industry sector; and |
|
• |
The scope and structure of the proposal. |
|
• |
Vote for proposals to restore shareholders’
ability to remove directors with or without cause. |
|
• |
Vote against proposals that provide that only
continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies. |
|
• |
Vote for proposals that permit shareholders to
elect directors to fill board vacancies. |
|
|
|
B-25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Ownership threshold:
maximum requirement not more than three percent (3%) of the voting power; |
|
• |
Ownership duration:
maximum requirement not longer than three (3) years of continuous ownership for each member of the nominating group; |
|
• |
Aggregation:
minimal or no limits on the number of shareholders permitted to form a nominating group; |
|
• |
Cap: cap
on nominees of generally twenty-five percent (25%) of the board. |
|
• |
Established a communication structure that
goes beyond the exchange requirements to facilitate the exchange of information between shareholders and members of the board; |
|
• |
Effectively disclosed information with respect
to this structure to its shareholders; |
|
• |
Company has not ignored majority-supported
shareholder proposals or a majority withhold vote on a director nominee; and |
|
• |
The company has an independent chair or a lead
director, according to Glenmede Policy’s definition. This individual must be made available for periodic consultation and direct
communication with major shareholders. |
|
|
|
B-26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Long-term financial performance of the company
relative to its industry; |
|
• |
Management’s track record; |
|
• |
Background to the contested election; |
|
• |
Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;
|
|
• |
Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality
of the critique against management; |
|
• |
Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives
can be achieved (both slates); and |
|
• |
Stock ownership positions. |
|
3. |
Shareholder Rights & Defenses |
|
|
|
B-27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The company’s stated rationale for adopting
such a provision; |
|
• |
Disclosure of past harm from duplicative shareholder
lawsuits in more than one forum; |
|
• |
The breadth of application of the charter or
bylaw provision, including the types of lawsuits to which it would apply and the definition of key terms; and |
|
• |
Governance features such as shareholders’
ability to repeal the provision at a later date (including the vote standard applied when shareholders attempt to amend the charter or
bylaws) and their ability to hold directors accountable through annual director elections and a majority vote standard in uncontested
elections. |
|
|
|
B-29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The ownership threshold (NOL protective amendments
generally prohibit stock ownership transfers that would result in a new 5-percent holder or increase the stock ownership percentage of
an existing 5-percent holder); |
|
• |
The value of the NOLs; |
|
• |
Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision
or commitment to cause expiration of the protective amendment upon exhaustion or expiration of the NOL); |
|
• |
The company’s existing governance structure
including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance
concerns; and |
|
• |
Any other factors that may be applicable. |
|
• |
Shareholders have approved the adoption of the
plan; or |
|
• |
The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary
responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay
in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out”
provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption
or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate. |
|
• |
No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;
|
|
• |
A term of no more than three years; |
|
• |
No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar
feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill; |
|
• |
Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying
offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call
a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill. |
|
|
|
B-30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The ownership threshold to transfer (NOL pills
generally have a trigger slightly below 5 percent); |
|
• |
The value of the NOLs; |
|
• |
Shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision,
or commitment to cause expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs); |
|
• |
The company’s existing governance structure
including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, track record of responsiveness to shareholders, and any other problematic governance
concerns; and |
|
• |
Any other factors that may be applicable. |
|
• |
The scope and structure of the proposal; |
|
• |
The company’s stated confidential voting
policy (or other relevant policies) and whether it ensures a “level playing field” by providing shareholder proponents
with equal access to vote information prior to the annual meeting; |
|
• |
The company’s vote standard for management
and shareholder proposals and whether it ensures consistency and fairness in the proxy voting process and maintains the integrity
of vote results; |
|
• |
Whether the company’s disclosure regarding
its vote counting method and other relevant voting policies with respect to management and shareholder proposals are consistent and clear;
|
|
• |
Any recent controversies or concerns related to
the company’s proxy voting mechanics; |
|
• |
Any unintended consequences resulting from implementation
of the proposal; and |
|
• |
Any other factors that may be relevant. |
|
|
|
B-31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing
the same issue on the same ballot; |
|
• |
The board’s rationale for seeking ratification;
|
|
• |
Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board
should the ratification proposal fail; |
|
• |
Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding
the board’s ratification request; |
|
• |
The level of impairment to shareholders’
rights caused by the existing provision; |
|
• |
The history of management and shareholder proposals
on the provision at the company’s past meetings; |
|
• |
Whether the current provision was adopted in response
to the shareholder proposal; |
|
• |
The company’s ownership structure; and |
|
• |
Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude
shareholder proposals. |
|
• |
The election of fewer than 50% of the directors
to be elected is contested in the election; |
|
• |
One or more of the dissident’s candidates
is elected; |
|
• |
Shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their
votes for directors; and |
|
• |
The election occurred, and the expenses were incurred,
after the adoption of this bylaw. |
|
• |
Reasons for reincorporation; |
|
• |
Comparison of company’s governance practices
and provisions prior to and following the reincorporation; and |
|
• |
Comparison of corporation laws of original state
and destination state. |
|
|
|
B-32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Shareholders’ current right to act by written
consent; |
|
• |
The consent threshold; |
|
• |
The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;
|
|
• |
Investor ownership structure; and |
|
• |
Shareholder support of, and management’s
response to, previous shareholder proposals. |
|
• |
An unfettered15
right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 10 percent threshold; |
|
• |
A majority vote standard in uncontested director
elections; |
|
• |
No non-shareholder-approved pill; and |
|
• |
An annually elected board. |
|
• |
Shareholders’ current right to call special
meetings; |
|
• |
Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call
special meetings (10% preferred); |
|
• |
The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;
|
|
• |
Investor ownership structure; and |
|
• |
Shareholder support of, and management’s
response to, previous shareholder proposals. |
|
15 |
“Unfettered”
means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold,
and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than
90 prior to the next annual meeting. |
|
|
|
B-33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Ownership structure; |
|
• |
Quorum requirements; and |
|
• |
Vote requirements. |
|
• |
Scope and rationale of the proposal; and |
|
• |
Concerns identified with the company’s prior
meeting practices. |
|
4. |
Capital/Restructuring |
|
• |
If share usage (outstanding plus reserved)
is less than 50% of the current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to 50% of current
authorized shares. |
|
• |
If share usage is 50% to 100% of the current
authorized, vote for an increase of up to 100% of current authorized shares. |
|
• |
If share usage is greater than current authorized
shares, vote for an increase of up to the current share usage. |
|
• |
In the case of a stock split, the allowable
increase is calculated (per above) based on the post-split adjusted authorization. |
|
16 |
Virtual-only
shareholder meeting” refers to a meeting of shareholders that is held exclusively using technology without a corresponding in-person
meeting. |
|
|
|
B-34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The proposal seeks to increase the number of
authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights to other share classes; |
|
• |
On the same ballot is a proposal for a reverse
split for which support is warranted despite the fact that it would result in an excessive increase in the share authorization; |
|
• |
The company has a non-shareholder approved poison
pill (including an NOL pill); or |
|
• |
The company has previous sizeable placements
(within the past 3 years) of stock with insiders at prices substantially below market value, or with problematic voting rights, without
shareholder approval. |
|
• |
In, or subsequent to, the company’s most
recent 10-K filing, the company discloses that there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern; |
|
• |
The company states that there is a risk of
imminent bankruptcy or imminent liquidation if shareholders do not approve the increase in authorized capital; or |
|
• |
A government body has in the past year required
the company to increase its capital ratios. |
|
• |
twice the amount needed to support the transactions
on the ballot, and |
|
• |
the allowable increase as calculated for general
issuances above. |
|
• |
The company discloses a compelling rationale for
the dual-class capital structure, such as: |
|
• |
The company’s auditor has concluded that
there is substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue as a going concern; or |
|
• |
The new class of shares will be transitory; |
|
• |
The new class is intended for financing purposes
with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders in both the short term and long term; and |
|
• |
The new class is not designed to preserve or increase
the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder. |
|
|
|
B-35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The preferred shares are convertible into common
shares and vote on an “as converted” basis prior to conversion, or |
|
• |
The enhanced voting rights of the preferred
shares have limited duration and applicability and the shares are voted in a way that mirrors the votes of the common shares (i.e., where
such shares are intended to overcome low voting turnout and ensure approval of a specific non-controversial agenda item such as a reverse
stock split needed to avoid a delisting). |
|
• |
The size of the company; |
|
• |
The shareholder base; and |
|
• |
The liquidity of the stock. |
|
• |
If share usage (outstanding plus reserved)
is less than 50% of the current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to 50% of current
authorized shares. |
|
• |
If share usage is 50% to 100% of the current
authorized, vote for an increase of up to 100% of current authorized shares. |
|
• |
If share usage is greater than current authorized
shares, vote for an increase of up to the current share usage. |
|
• |
In the case of a stock split, the allowable
increase is calculated (per above) based on the post-split adjusted authorization. |
|
• |
If no preferred shares are currently issued
and outstanding, vote against the request, unless the company discloses a specific use for the shares. |
|
• |
If the shares requested are blank check preferred
shares that can be used for antitakeover purposes;17 |
|
• |
The company seeks to increase a class of non-convertible
preferred shares entitled to more than one vote per share on matters that do not solely affect the rights of preferred stockholders “supervoting
shares”); |
|
17 |
To
be acceptable, appropriate disclosure would be needed that the shares are “declawed”: i.e., representation by the board that
it will not, without prior stockholder approval, issue or use the preferred stock for any defensive or anti-takeover purpose or for the
purpose of implementing any stockholder rights plan. |
|
|
|
B-36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The company seeks to increase a class of convertible
preferred shares entitled to a number of votes greater than the number of common shares into which they’re convertible (“supervoting
shares”) on matters that do not solely affect the rights of preferred stockholders; |
|
• |
The stated intent of the increase in the general
authorization is to allow the company to increase an existing designated class of supervoting preferred shares; |
|
• |
On the same ballot is a proposal for a reverse
split for which support is warranted despite the fact that it would result in an excessive increase in the share authorization; |
|
• |
The company has a non-shareholder approved poison
pill (including an NOL pill); or |
|
• |
The company has previous sizeable placements
(within the past 3 years) of stock with insiders at prices substantially below market value, or with problematic voting rights, without
shareholder approval. |
|
• |
In, or subsequent to, the company’s most
recent 10-K filing, the company discloses that there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern; |
|
• |
The company states that there is a risk of
imminent bankruptcy or imminent liquidation if shareholders do not approve the increase in authorized capital; or |
|
• |
A government body has in the past year required
the company to increase its capital ratios. |
|
• |
twice the amount needed to support the transactions
on the ballot, and |
|
• |
the allowable increase as calculated for general
issuances above. |
|
• |
More simplified capital structure; |
|
• |
Enhanced liquidity; |
|
• |
Fairness of conversion terms; |
|
• |
Impact on voting power and dividends; |
|
• |
Reasons for the reclassification; |
|
• |
Conflicts of interest; and |
|
• |
Other alternatives considered. |
|
|
|
B-37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The number of authorized shares will be proportionately
reduced; or |
|
• |
The effective increase in authorized shares
is equal to or less than the allowable increase calculated in accordance with Glenmede Policy’s Common Stock Authorization policy.
|
|
• |
Stock exchange notification to the company of
a potential delisting; |
|
• |
Disclosure of substantial doubt about the company’s
ability to continue as a going concern without additional financing; |
|
• |
The company’s rationale; or |
|
• |
Other factors as applicable. |
|
• |
Greenmail; |
|
• |
The use of buybacks to inappropriately manipulate
incentive compensation metrics; |
|
• |
Threats to the company’s long-term viability;
or |
|
• |
Other company-specific factors as warranted. |
|
• |
Adverse governance changes; |
|
• |
Excessive increases in authorized capital stock;
|
|
• |
Unfair method of distribution; |
|
• |
Diminution of voting rights; |
|
• |
Adverse conversion features; |
|
|
|
B-38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Negative impact on stock option plans; and |
|
• |
Alternatives such as spin-off. |
|
• |
Purchase price; |
|
• |
Fairness opinion; |
|
• |
Financial and strategic benefits; |
|
• |
How the deal was negotiated; |
|
• |
Conflicts of interest; |
|
• |
Other alternatives for the business; and |
|
• |
Non-completion risk. |
|
• |
Impact on the balance sheet/working capital; |
|
• |
Potential elimination of diseconomies; |
|
• |
Anticipated financial and operating benefits;
|
|
• |
Anticipated use of funds; |
|
• |
Value received for the asset; |
|
• |
Fairness opinion; |
|
• |
How the deal was negotiated; and |
|
• |
Conflicts of interest. |
|
|
|
B-39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Dilution to existing shareholders’ positions;
|
|
• |
Terms of the offer - discount/premium in purchase
price to investor, including any fairness opinion; termination penalties; exit strategy; |
|
• |
Financial issues - company’s financial
situation; degree of need for capital; use of proceeds; effect of the financing on the company’s cost of capital; |
|
• |
Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;
|
|
• |
Control issues - change in management; change
in control, guaranteed board and committee seats; standstill provisions; voting agreements; veto power over certain corporate actions;
and |
|
• |
Conflict of interest - arm’s length transaction,
managerial incentives. |
|
• |
The reasons for the change; |
|
• |
Any financial or tax benefits; |
|
• |
Regulatory benefits; |
|
• |
Increases in capital structure; and |
|
• |
Changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws
of the company. |
|
|
|
B-40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Increases in common or preferred stock in excess
of the allowable maximum (see discussion under “Capital”); or |
|
• |
Adverse changes in shareholder rights. |
|
• |
Offer price/premium; |
|
• |
Fairness opinion; |
|
• |
How the deal was negotiated; |
|
• |
Conflicts of interest; |
|
• |
Other alternatives/offers considered; and |
|
• |
Non-completion risk. |
|
• |
Whether the company has attained benefits from
being publicly-traded (examination of trading volume, liquidity, and market research of the stock); |
|
• |
Balanced interests of continuing vs. cashed-out
shareholders, taking into account the following: |
|
• |
Are all shareholders able to participate in the
transaction? |
|
• |
Will there be a liquid market for remaining shareholders
following the transaction? |
|
• |
Does the company have strong corporate governance?
|
|
• |
Will insiders reap the gains of control following
the proposed transaction? |
|
• |
Does the state of incorporation have laws requiring
continued reporting that may benefit shareholders? |
|
• |
Percentage of assets/business contributed; |
|
• |
Percentage ownership; |
|
• |
Financial and strategic benefits; |
|
• |
Governance structure; |
|
• |
Conflicts of interest; |
|
• |
Other alternatives; and |
|
• |
Non-completion risk. |
|
|
|
B-41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives;
|
|
• |
Appraisal value of assets; and |
|
• |
The compensation plan for executives managing
the liquidation. |
|
• |
Valuation
- Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide
an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic
rationale. |
|
• |
Market
reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of
a deal. |
|
• |
Strategic
rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not
be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration
of historical acquisitions. |
|
• |
Negotiations
and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A
fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’
competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no
auction) can also affect shareholder value. |
|
• |
Conflicts
of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider
shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a
merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to
support or recommend the merger. |
|
• |
Governance
- Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to
the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as
valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance. |
|
• |
Dilution to existing shareholders’ position:
The amount and timing of shareholder ownership dilution should be weighed against the needs and proposed shareholder benefits of the capital
infusion. Although newly issued common stock, absent preemptive rights, is typically dilutive to existing shareholders, share price appreciation
is often the necessary event to trigger the exercise of “out of the money” warrants and convertible debt. In these instances
from a value standpoint, the negative impact of dilution is mitigated by the increase in the company’s stock price that must occur
to trigger the dilutive event. |
|
• |
Terms of the offer (discount/premium in purchase
price to investor, including any fairness opinion, conversion features, termination penalties, exit strategy): |
|
• |
The terms of the offer should be weighed against
the alternatives of the company and in light of company’s financial condition. Ideally, the conversion price for convertible debt
and the exercise price for warrants should be at a premium to the then prevailing stock price at the time of private placement. |
|
|
|
B-42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
When evaluating the magnitude of a private
placement discount or premium, consider factors that influence the discount or premium, such as, liquidity, due diligence costs, control
and monitoring costs, capital scarcity, information asymmetry and anticipation of future performance. |
|
• |
Financial issues: |
|
• |
The company’s financial condition; |
|
• |
Degree of need for capital; |
|
• |
Use of proceeds; |
|
• |
Effect of the financing on the company’s
cost of capital; |
|
• |
Current and proposed cash burn rate; |
|
• |
Going concern viability and the state of the capital
and credit markets. |
|
• |
Management’s efforts to pursue alternatives
and whether the company engaged in a process to evaluate alternatives: A fair, unconstrained process helps to ensure the best price for
shareholders. Financing alternatives can include joint ventures, partnership, merger or sale of part or all of the company. |
|
• |
Control issues: |
|
• |
Change in management; |
|
• |
Change in control; |
|
• |
Guaranteed board and committee seats; |
|
• |
Standstill provisions; |
|
• |
Voting agreements; |
|
• |
Veto power over certain corporate actions; and
|
|
• |
Minority versus majority ownership and corresponding
minority discount or majority control premium |
|
• |
Conflicts of interest: |
|
• |
Conflicts of interest should be viewed from the
perspective of the company and the investor. |
|
• |
Were the terms of the transaction negotiated
at arm’s length? Are managerial incentives aligned with shareholder interests? |
|
• |
Market reaction: |
|
• |
The market’s response to the proposed
deal. A negative market reaction is a cause for concern. Market reaction may be addressed by analyzing the one day impact on the
unaffected stock price. |
|
|
|
B-43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Estimated value and financial prospects of the
reorganized company; |
|
• |
Percentage ownership of current shareholders in
the reorganized company; |
|
• |
Whether shareholders are adequately represented
in the reorganization process (particularly through the existence of an official equity committee); |
|
• |
The cause(s) of the bankruptcy filing, and
the extent to which the plan of reorganization addresses the cause(s); |
|
• |
Existence of a superior alternative to the plan
of reorganization; and |
|
• |
Governance of the reorganized company. |
|
• |
Valuation—Is
the value being paid by the SPAC reasonable? SPACs generally lack an independent fairness opinion and the financials on the target may
be limited. Compare the conversion price with the intrinsic value of the target company provided in the fairness opinion. Also, evaluate
the proportionate value of the combined entity attributable to the SPAC IPO shareholders versus the pre-merger value of SPAC. Additionally,
a private company discount may be applied to the target, if it is a private entity. |
|
• |
Market
reaction—How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction may be a cause for concern. Market
reaction may be addressed by analyzing the one-day impact on the unaffected stock price. |
|
• |
Deal
timing—A main driver for most transactions is that the SPAC charter typically requires the deal to be complete
within 18 to 24 months, or the SPAC is to be liquidated. Evaluate the valuation, market reaction, and potential conflicts of interest
for deals that are announced close to the liquidation date. |
|
• |
Negotiations
and process—What was the process undertaken to identify potential target companies within specified industry or location
specified in charter? Consider the background of the sponsors. |
|
• |
Conflicts
of interest—How are sponsors benefiting from the transaction compared to IPO shareholders? Potential conflicts could
arise if a fairness opinion is issued by the insiders to qualify the deal rather than a third party or if management is encouraged to
pay a higher price for the target because of an 80% rule (the charter requires that the fair market value of the target is at least
equal to 80% of net assets of the SPAC). Also, there may be sense of urgency by the management team of the SPAC to close the deal since
its charter typically requires a transaction to be completed within the 18-24 month timeframe. |
|
• |
Voting
agreements—Are the sponsors entering into enter into any voting agreements/ tender offers with shareholders who are
likely to vote against the proposed merger or exercise conversion rights? |
|
• |
Governance—What
is the impact of having the SPAC CEO or founder on key committees following the proposed merger? |
|
|
|
B-44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Tax and regulatory advantages; |
|
• |
Planned use of the sale proceeds; |
|
• |
Valuation of spinoff; |
|
• |
Fairness opinion; |
|
• |
Benefits to the parent company; |
|
• |
Conflicts of interest; |
|
• |
Managerial incentives; |
|
• |
Corporate governance changes; |
|
• |
Changes in the capital structure. |
|
• |
Hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic
alternatives; |
|
• |
Selling the company; or |
|
• |
Liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds
to shareholders. |
|
• |
Prolonged poor performance with no turnaround
in sight; |
|
• |
Signs of entrenched board and management (such
as the adoption of takeover defenses); |
|
• |
Strategic plan in place for improving value; |
|
• |
Likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a
sale or dissolution; and |
|
• |
The company actively exploring its strategic options,
including retaining a financial advisor. |
|
|
|
B-45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
Compensation
|
|
1. |
Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment,
with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract,
retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration,
among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based
plan costs; |
|
2. |
Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for
failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed
compensation; |
|
3. |
Maintain an independent and effective compensation
committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and
a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise
and advice when needed); |
|
4. |
Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive
compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to
evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly; |
|
5. |
Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors:
This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors does not compromise their independence
and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a
variety of generally accepted best practices. |
|
• |
There is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO
pay and company performance (pay for performance); |
|
• |
The company maintains significant problematic
pay practices; |
|
• |
The board exhibits a significant level of poor
communication and responsiveness to shareholders. |
|
• |
There is no SOP on the ballot, and an against
vote on an SOP is warranted due to pay for performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness
on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof; |
|
• |
The board fails to respond adequately to a
previous SOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast; |
|
• |
The company has recently practiced or approved
problematic pay practices, such as option repricing or option backdating; or |
|
• |
The situation is egregious. |
|
|
|
B-46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
Peer Group18
Alignment: |
|
• |
The degree of alignment between the company’s
annualized TSR rank and the CEO’s annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a five-year period. |
|
• |
The rankings of CEO total pay and company financial
performance within a peer group, each measured over a five-year period. |
|
• |
The multiple of the CEO’s total pay relative
to the peer group median over one- and three-year periods. |
|
2. |
Absolute Alignment19
– the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years – i.e., the difference
between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period. |
|
• |
The overall ratio of performance-based compensation
to fixed or discretionary pay; |
|
• |
The ratio of performance- to time-based long-term
incentive awards; |
|
• |
Vesting and/or retention requirements for equity
awards that demonstrate a long-term focus; |
|
• |
The rigor of performance goals; |
|
• |
The complexity and risks around pay program design;
|
|
• |
The transparency and clarity of disclosure; |
|
• |
The company’s peer group benchmarking practices;
|
|
• |
Financial/operational results, both absolute and
relative to peers; |
|
• |
Special circumstances related to, for example,
a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards); |
|
• |
Realizable and/or realized pay compared to granted
pay; and |
|
• |
Any other factors deemed relevant. |
|
18 |
The
ISS peer group is generally comprised of 14-24 companies that are selected using factors such as market cap, revenue, assets, GICS industry
group, and the company selected peers’ GICS industry group. ISS’ peer selection methodology is detailed in the U.S. Peer Group
FAQ. |
|
19 |
Russell
3000E Index companies (excluding S&P1500 and Russell 3000 companies) are not subject to the Absolute Alignment analysis. |
|
|
|
B-47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Problematic practices related to non-performance-based
compensation elements; |
|
• |
Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking
or present a windfall risk; and |
|
• |
Pay decisions that circumvent pay-for-performance,
such as options backdating or waiving performance requirements. |
|
• |
Repricing or replacing of underwater stock
options/SARs without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options); |
|
• |
Extraordinary perquisites or tax gross-ups; |
|
• |
New or materially amended agreements that provide
for: |
|
• |
Excessive termination or CIC severance payments
(generally exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus); |
|
• |
CIC severance payments without involuntary
job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers) or in connection with a
problematic Good Reason definition; |
|
• |
CIC excise tax gross-up entitlements (including
“modified” gross-ups); |
|
• |
Multi-year guaranteed awards that are not at risk
due to rigorous performance conditions; |
|
• |
Liberal CIC definition combined with any single-trigger
CIC benefits; |
|
• |
Severance payments made when the termination
is not clearly disclosed as involuntary (for example, a termination without cause or resignation for good reason); |
|
• |
Insufficient executive compensation disclosure
by externally-managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI’s executives
is not possible; |
|
• |
Any other provision or practice deemed to be egregious
and present a significant risk to investors. |
|
• |
Reason and motive for the options backdating issue,
such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes; |
|
• |
Duration of options backdating; |
|
• |
Size of restatement due to options backdating;
|
|
|
|
B-48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation
committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and |
|
• |
Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating,
and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future. |
|
• |
Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder
proposals on executive pay topics; or |
|
• |
Failure to adequately respond to the company’s
previous say-on-pay proposal that received low support, taking into account the factors identified under the Responsiveness section in
the Board of Directors policy with respect to say-on-pay. |
|
• |
Single- or modified-single-trigger cash severance;
|
|
• |
Single-trigger acceleration of unvested equity
awards; |
|
• |
Full acceleration of equity awards granted shortly
before the change in control; |
|
• |
Acceleration of performance awards above the target
level of performance without compelling rationale; |
|
• |
Excessive cash severance (>3x base salary and
bonus); |
|
• |
Excise tax gross-ups triggered and payable; |
|
• |
Excessive golden parachute payments (on an absolute
basis or as a percentage of transaction equity value); or |
|
• |
Recent amendments that incorporate any problematic
features (such as those above) or recent actions (such as extraordinary equity grants) that may make packages so attractive as to influence
merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders; or |
|
• |
The company’s assertion that a proposed
transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote. |
|
|
|
B-49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Plan Cost:
The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated
Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both: |
|
• |
SVT based on new shares requested plus shares
remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and |
|
• |
SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares
remaining for future grants. |
|
• |
Plan
Features: |
|
• |
Quality of disclosure around vesting upon a change
in control (CIC); |
|
• |
Discretionary vesting authority; |
|
• |
Liberal share recycling on various award types;
|
|
• |
Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made
under the plan; |
|
• |
Dividends payable prior to award vesting; and |
|
• |
Cash-denominated award limits for non-employee
directors. |
|
• |
Grant
Practices: |
|
• |
The company’s three year burn rate relative
to its industry/market cap peers; |
|
• |
Vesting requirements in CEO’S recent equity
grants; |
|
• |
The estimated duration of the plan; |
|
• |
The proportion of the CEO’s most recent
equity grants/awards classified by ISS as performance-based; |
|
• |
Whether the company maintains a sufficient claw-back
policy; and |
|
• |
Whether the company maintains sufficient post
exercise/vesting share-holding requirements. |
|
• |
Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control
definition; |
|
• |
The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout
of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it – for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies --
or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing – for non-listed companies); |
|
• |
The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices
or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances; |
|
• |
The plan is excessively dilutive to shareholders’
holdings; |
|
• |
The plan contains an evergreen (automatic share
replenishment) feature; |
|
• |
The plan lacks sufficient positive features under
the Plan Features pillar; or |
|
• |
Any other factors that are determined to have
a significant negative impact on shareholder interests. |
|
|
|
B-50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Amend the terms of outstanding options or SARs
to reduce the exercise price of such outstanding options or SARs; |
|
• |
Cancel outstanding options or SARs in exchange
for options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original options or SARs; |
|
20 |
For
plans evaluated under the Equity Plan Scorecard policy, the company’s SVT benchmark is considered along with other factors. |
|
|
|
B-51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Cancel underwater options in exchange for stock
awards; or |
|
• |
Provide cash buyouts of underwater options. |
|
• |
Magnitude of pay misalignment; |
|
• |
Contribution of non–performance-based equity
grants to overall pay; and |
|
• |
The proportion of equity awards granted in
the last three fiscal years concentrated at the named executive officer level. |
|
|
|
B-52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair
market value; |
|
• |
Offering period is 27 months or less; and |
|
• |
The number of shares allocated to the plan is
10 percent or less of the outstanding shares. |
|
• |
Purchase price is less than 85 percent of fair
market value; or |
|
• |
Offering period is greater than 27 months; or
|
|
• |
The number of shares allocated to the plan is
more than ten percent of the outstanding shares. |
|
• |
Broad-based participation (i.e.,
all employees of the company with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership of the company); |
|
• |
Limits on employee contribution, which may
be a fixed dollar amount or expressed as a percent of base salary; |
|
• |
Company matching contribution up to 25 percent
of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value; |
|
• |
No discount on the stock price on the date of
purchase when there is a company matching contribution. |
|
• |
Addresses administrative features only; or |
|
• |
Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes
only, and the plan administering committee consists entirely of independent outsiders,
per Glenmede Policy’s Classification of Directors. Note that if the company
is presenting the plan to shareholders for the first time after the company’s initial public offering (IPO), or if the proposal
is bundled with other material plan amendments, then the recommendation will be case-by-case (see below). |
|
• |
Seeks approval for Section 162(m) purposes
only, and the plan administering committee does not consist entirely of independent outsiders, per Glenmede Policy’s Classification
of Directors. |
|
|
|
B-53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
If the proposal requests additional shares
and/or the amendments may potentially increase the transfer of shareholder value to employees, the recommendation will be based on the
Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments. |
|
• |
If the plan is being presented to shareholders
for the first time after the company’s IPO, whether or not additional shares are being requested, the recommendation will be based
on the Equity Plan Scorecard evaluation as well as an analysis of the overall impact of any amendments. |
|
• |
If there is no request for additional shares
and the amendments are not deemed to potentially increase the transfer of shareholder value to employees, then the recommendation will
be based entirely on an analysis of the overall impact of the amendments, and the EPSC evaluation will be shown for informational purposes.
|
|
• |
Historic trading patterns--the stock price
should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term; |
|
• |
Rationale for the re-pricing--was the stock price
decline beyond management’s control? |
|
• |
Is this a value-for-value exchange? |
|
• |
Are surrendered stock options added back to the
plan reserve? |
|
• |
Timing--repricing should occur at least one year
out from any precipitous drop in company’s stock price; |
|
• |
Option vesting--does the new option vest immediately
or is there a black-out period? |
|
• |
Term of the option--the term should remain the
same as that of the replaced option; |
|
• |
Exercise price--should be set at fair market or
a premium to market; |
|
• |
Participants--executive officers and directors
must be excluded. |
|
|
|
B-54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Executive officers and non-employee directors
are excluded from participating; |
|
• |
Stock options are purchased by third-party
financial institutions at a discount to their fair value using option pricing models such as Black-Scholes or a Binomial Option Valuation
or other appropriate financial models; |
|
• |
There is a two-year minimum holding period for
sale proceeds (cash or stock) for all participants. |
|
• |
Eligibility; |
|
• |
Vesting; |
|
• |
Bid-price; |
|
• |
Term of options; |
|
• |
Cost of the program and impact of the TSOs on
company’s total option expense; and |
|
• |
Option repricing policy. |
|
|
|
B-55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
If the equity plan under which non-employee
director grants are made is on the ballot, whether or not it warrants support; and |
|
• |
An assessment of the following qualitative factors:
|
|
• |
The relative magnitude of director compensation
as compared to companies of a similar profile; |
|
• |
The presence of problematic pay practices relating
to director compensation; |
|
• |
Director stock ownership guidelines and holding
requirements; |
|
• |
Equity award vesting schedules; |
|
• |
The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;
|
|
• |
Meaningful limits on director compensation; |
|
• |
The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites;
and |
|
• |
The quality of disclosure surrounding director
compensation. |
|
• |
The total estimated cost of the company’s
equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company’s estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) based on
new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; |
|
• |
The company’s three-year burn rate relative
to its industry/market cap peers; and |
|
• |
The presence of any egregious plan features
(such as an option repricing provision or liberal CIC vesting risk). |
|
• |
The relative magnitude of director compensation
as compared to companies of a similar profile; |
|
• |
The presence of problematic pay practices relating
to director compensation; |
|
• |
Director stock ownership guidelines and holding
requirements; |
|
• |
Equity award vesting schedules; |
|
• |
The mix of cash and equity-based compensation;
|
|
• |
Meaningful limits on director compensation; |
|
• |
The availability of retirement benefits or perquisites;
and |
|
• |
The quality of disclosure surrounding director
compensation. |
|
|
|
B-56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The company’s past practices regarding equity
and cash compensation; |
|
• |
Whether the company has a holding period or
stock ownership requirements in place, such as a meaningful retention ratio (at least 50 percent for full tenure); and |
|
• |
Whether the company has a rigorous claw-back policy
in place. |
|
|
|
B-57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The percentage/ratio of net shares required to
be retained; |
|
• |
The time period required to retain the shares;
|
|
• |
Whether the company has equity retention, holding
period, and/or stock ownership requirements in place and the robustness of such requirements; |
|
• |
Whether the company has any other policies aimed
at mitigating risk taking by executives; |
|
• |
Executives’ actual stock ownership and
the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s existing
requirements; and |
|
• |
First, vote for shareholder proposals advocating
the use of performance-based equity awards, such as performance contingent options or restricted stock, indexed options or premium-priced
options, unless the proposal is overly restrictive or if the company has demonstrated that it is using a “substantial” portion
of performance-based awards for its top executives. Standard stock options and performance-accelerated awards do not meet the criteria
to be considered as performance-based awards. Further, premium-priced options should have a meaningful premium to be considered performance-based
awards. |
|
• |
Second, assess the rigor of the company’s
performance-based equity program. If the bar set for the performance-based program is too low based on the company’s historical
or peer group comparison, generally vote for the proposal. Furthermore, if target performance results in an above target payout, vote
for the shareholder proposal due to program’s poor design. If the company does not disclose the performance metric of the performance-based
equity program, vote for the shareholder proposal regardless of the outcome of the first step to the test. |
|
|
|
B-58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Set compensation targets for the plan’s
annual and long-term incentive pay components at or below the peer group median; |
|
• |
Deliver a majority of the plan’s target
long-term compensation through performance-vested, not simply time-vested, equity awards; |
|
• |
Provide the strategic rationale and relative
weightings of the financial and non-financial performance metrics or criteria used in the annual and performance-vested long-term incentive
components of the plan; |
|
• |
Establish performance targets for each plan
financial metric relative to the performance of the company’s peer companies; |
|
• |
Limit payment under the annual and performance-vested
long-term incentive components of the plan to when the company’s performance on its selected financial performance metrics exceeds
peer group median performance. |
|
• |
What aspects of the company’s annual and
long-term equity incentive programs are performance driven? |
|
• |
If the annual and long-term equity incentive
programs are performance driven, are the performance criteria and hurdle rates disclosed to shareholders or are they benchmarked against
a disclosed peer group? |
|
• |
Can shareholders assess the correlation between
pay and performance based on the current disclosure? |
|
• |
What type of industry and stage of business cycle
does the company belong to? |
|
• |
Adoption, amendment, or termination of a 10b5-1
Plan must be disclosed in a Form 8-K; |
|
• |
Amendment or early termination of a 10b5-1
Plan allowed only under extraordinary circumstances, as determined by the board; |
|
• |
Request that a certain number of days that
must elapse between adoption or amendment of a 10b5-1 Plan and initial trading under the plan; |
|
• |
Reports on Form 4 must identify transactions
made pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan; |
|
• |
An executive may not trade in company stock outside
the 10b5-1 Plan; |
|
• |
Trades under a 10b5-1 Plan must be handled
by a broker who does not handle other securities transactions for the executive. |
|
|
|
B-59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
If the company has adopted a formal recoupment
policy; |
|
• |
The rigor of the recoupment policy focusing
on how and under what circumstances the company may recoup incentive or stock compensation; |
|
• |
Whether the company has chronic restatement history
or material financial problems; |
|
• |
Whether the company’s policy substantially
addresses the concerns raised by the proponent; |
|
• |
Disclosure of recoupment of incentive or stock
compensation from senior executives or lack thereof; or |
|
• |
Any other relevant factors. |
|
• |
The company’s severance or change-in-control
agreements in place, and the presence of problematic features (such as excessive severance entitlements, single triggers, excise tax gross-ups,
etc.); |
|
• |
Any existing limits on cash severance payouts
or policies which require shareholder ratification of severance payments exceeding a certain level; |
|
• |
Any recent severance-related controversies; and
|
|
• |
Whether the proposal is overly prescriptive,
such as requiring shareholder approval of severance that does not exceed market norms. |
|
• |
The frequency and timing of the company’s
share buybacks; |
|
• |
The use of per-share metrics in incentive plans;
|
|
• |
The effect of recent buybacks on incentive metric
results and payouts; and |
|
• |
Whether there is any indication of metric result
manipulation. |
|
|
|
B-60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The company’s current treatment of equity
in change-of-control situations (i.e. is it double triggered, does it allow for the assumption of equity by acquiring company, the treatment
of performance shares, etc.); |
|
• |
Current employment agreements, including potential
poor pay practices such as gross-ups embedded in those agreements. |
|
6. |
Social and Environmental Issues |
|
• |
Whether the proposal itself is well framed and
reasonable; |
|
• |
Whether adoption of the proposal would have
either a positive or negative impact on the company’s short-term or long-term share value; |
|
• |
The percentage of sales, assets and earnings affected;
|
|
|
|
B-61 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Whether the company has already responded in
some appropriate manner to the request embodied in a proposal; |
|
• |
Whether the company’s analysis and voting
recommendation to shareholders is persuasive; |
|
• |
Whether there are significant controversies,
fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental or social practices; |
|
• |
What other companies have done in response to
the issue addressed in the proposal; |
|
• |
Whether implementation of the proposal would achieve
the objectives sought in the proposal; and |
|
• |
The degree to which the company’s stated
position on the issues raised in the proposal could affect its reputation or sales or leave it vulnerable to a boycott or selective purchasing.
|
|
• |
The company has already published a set of animal
welfare standards and monitors compliance; |
|
• |
The company’s standards are comparable to
industry peers; and |
|
• |
There are no recent significant fines, litigation,
or controversies related to the company’s and/or its suppliers’ treatment of animals. |
|
• |
The company is conducting animal testing programs
that are unnecessary or not required by regulation; |
|
• |
The company is conducting animal testing when
suitable alternatives are commonly accepted and used by industry peers; or |
|
• |
There are recent, significant fines or litigation
related to the company’s treatment of animals. |
|
|
|
B-62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The potential impact of such labeling on the company’s
business; |
|
• |
The quality of the company’s disclosure
on GE product labeling, related voluntary initiatives, and how this disclosure compares with industry peer disclosure; and |
|
• |
Company’s current disclosure on the feasibility
of GE product labeling. |
|
• |
Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms
in place to prevent abuses; |
|
• |
Whether the company has adequately disclosed the
financial risks of the products/practices in question; |
|
• |
Whether the company has been subject to violations
of related laws or serious controversies; and |
|
• |
Peer companies’ policies/practices in this
area. |
|
• |
Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms
in place to prevent abusive lending practices; |
|
• |
Whether the company has adequately disclosed the
financial risks of the lending products in question; |
|
• |
Whether the company has been subject to violations
of lending laws or serious lending controversies; and |
|
• |
Peer companies’ policies to prevent abusive
lending practices. |
|
• |
The potential for reputational, market, and regulatory
risk exposure; |
|
• |
Existing disclosure of relevant policies; |
|
• |
Deviation from established industry norms; |
|
• |
Relevant company initiatives to provide research
and/or products to disadvantaged consumers; |
|
• |
Whether the proposal focuses on specific products
or geographic regions; |
|
|
|
B-63 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The potential burden and scope of the requested
report; and |
|
• |
Recent significant controversies, litigation,
or fines at the company. |
|
• |
The scope of the company’s operations in
the affected/relevant area(s); |
|
• |
The company’s existing healthcare policies,
including benefits and healthcare access; and |
|
• |
Company donations to relevant healthcare providers.
|
|
• |
Recent related fines, controversies, or significant
litigation; |
|
• |
Whether the company complies with relevant laws
and regulations on the marketing of tobacco; |
|
• |
Whether the company’s advertising restrictions
deviate from those of industry peers; |
|
• |
Whether the company entered into the Master
Settlement Agreement, which restricts marketing of tobacco to youth; and |
|
• |
Whether restrictions on marketing to youth extend
to foreign countries. |
|
• |
Whether the company complies with all laws and
regulations; |
|
|
|
B-64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The degree that voluntary restrictions beyond
those mandated by law might hurt the company’s competitiveness; and |
|
• |
The risk of any health-related liabilities. |
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals seeking information
on the financial, physical, or regulatory risks it faces related to climate change- on its operations and investments, or on how the company
identifies, measures, and manage such risks. |
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals calling for the
reduction of GHG emissions. |
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports
on responses to regulatory and public pressures surrounding climate change, and for disclosure of research that aided in setting company
policies around climate change. |
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals requesting a
report/disclosure of goals on GHG emissions from company operations and/or products. |
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals that request
the company to disclose a report on reducing methane emissions and to assess the reliability of the company’s methane emission disclosures. |
|
|
|
B-65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The completeness, feasibility, and rigor of the
company’s financed emissions disclosure; |
|
• |
Whether the company’s decarbonization
targets and climate transition plan are in alignment with the Paris Agreement, the International Energy Agency’s (IEA) Net Zero
Emissions by 2050 Scenario, and other internationally recognized frameworks; |
|
• |
Whether the company’s methodology is
in alignment with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol (GHG Protocol), the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF), and other generally
accepted calculation and reporting methodologies; and |
|
• |
Whether the proposal’s request is unduly
burdensome (scope or timeframe) or overly prescriptive. |
|
• |
The completeness, feasibility, and rigor of the
company’s natural capital-related disclosure; |
|
• |
Whether the company’s natural capital
disclosure adequately incorporate governance, strategy, risk and impact management, and metrics and targets; |
|
• |
Whether the company’s targets and climate
transition plan are in alignment with TNFD, the Global Biodiversity Framework, the Paris Agreement, and other internationally recognized
frameworks; and |
|
• |
Whether the proposal’s request is unduly
burdensome (scope or timeframe) or overly prescriptive. |
|
|
|
B-66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The extent to which the company’s climate
related disclosures are in line with TCFD recommendations and meet other market standards; |
|
• |
Disclosure of its operational and supply chain
GHG emissions (Scopes 1, 2, and 3); |
|
• |
The completeness, feasibility and rigor of
company’s short-, medium-, and long-term targets for reducing operational and supply chain GHG emissions in line with Paris Agreement
goals (Scopes 1, 2, and 3 if relevant); |
|
• |
Whether the company has sought and received third-party
approval that its targets are science-based; |
|
• |
Whether the company has made a commitment to
be “net zero” for operational and supply chain emissions (Scopes 1, 2, and 3) by 2050; |
|
• |
Whether the company discloses a commitment
to report on the implementation of its plan in subsequent years; |
|
• |
Whether the company’s climate data has received
third-party assurance; |
|
• |
Disclosure of how the company’s lobbying
activities and its capital expenditures align with company strategy; |
|
• |
Whether there are specific industry decarbonization
challenges; and |
|
• |
The company’s related commitment, disclosure,
and performance compared to its industry peers. |
|
• |
The completeness, feasibility and rigor of the
company’s climate-related disclosure; |
|
• |
The company’s actual GHG emissions performance; |
|
• |
The company’s alignment with relevant
internationally recognized frameworks such as the Paris Agreement and IEA’s Net Zero Emissions by 2050 Scenario; |
|
• |
Whether the company has been the subject of
recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to its GHG emissions; and |
|
• |
Whether the proposal’s request is unduly
burdensome (scope or timeframe) or overly prescriptive. |
|
21 |
Variations
of this request also include climate transition related ambitions, or commitment to reporting on the implementation of a climate plan.
|
|
|
|
B-67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The gender and racial minority representation
of the company’s board is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies of similar size and business; and |
|
• |
The board already reports on its nominating
procedures and gender and racial minority initiatives on the board and within the company. |
|
• |
The company’s current policies and disclosure
related to both its diversity and inclusion policies and practices and its compensation philosophy and fair and equitable compensation
practices; |
|
• |
Whether the company has been the subject of
recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to gender, race, or ethnicity pay gap issues; |
|
• |
The company’s disclosure regarding gender,
race, or ethnicity pay gap policies or initiatives compared to its industry peers; and |
|
|
|
B-68 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Local laws regarding categorization of race and/or
ethnicity and definitions of ethnic and/or racial minorities. |
|
• |
How high levels of AI-driven energy use may
impact GHG emissions targets, climate goals, and climate transition plans; |
|
• |
How using AI to increase fossil fuel development
and production may impact climate targets, and may pose legal and reputational risks; |
|
• |
Data centers exacerbating water stress, especially
in drought-prone areas; |
|
• |
Child safety; |
|
• |
End use due diligence (how use of AI for surveillance
and censorship, especially in conflict-affected and high-risk areas, may impact legal and reputational risk); |
|
• |
Data acquisition and usage (privacy, safety, intellectual
property); |
|
• |
Human capital management (bias, discrimination,
workplace monitoring, health and safety, automation, and other workforce impacts); |
|
• |
Just AI transition; |
|
• |
Misinformation and disinformation; |
|
• |
Privacy concerns, and potential promotion of
hate speech and discrimination, related to targeted advertising; and |
|
• |
Potential human rights impacts related to weapons
development and deployment. |
|
• |
The company’s compliance with applicable
regulations and guidelines; |
|
• |
The company’s current level of disclosure
regarding its security and safety policies, procedures, and compliance monitoring; and |
|
• |
The existence of recent, significant violations,
fines, or controversy regarding the safety and security of the company’s operations and/or facilities. |
|
|
|
B-69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Operations in the specified regions are not permitted
by current laws or regulations; |
|
• |
The company does not currently have operations
or plans to develop operations in these protected regions; or |
|
• |
The company’s disclosure of its operations
and environmental policies in these regions is comparable to industry peers. |
|
• |
The nature of the company’s business; |
|
• |
The current level of disclosure of the company’s
existing related programs; |
|
• |
The timetable and methods of program implementation
prescribed by the proposal; |
|
• |
The company’s ability to address the issues
raised in the proposal; and |
|
• |
How the company’s recycling programs compare
to similar programs of its industry peers. |
|
|
|
B-70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals seeking greater
disclosure on the company’s environmental and social practices, and/or associated risks and liabilities. |
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals asking companies
to report in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI). |
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals seeking the preparation
of sustainability reports. |
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals to study or implement
the CERES Roadmap 2030. |
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals to study or implement
the Equator Principles. |
|
• |
The company’s current disclosure of relevant
policies, initiatives, oversight mechanisms, and water usage metrics; |
|
• |
Whether or not the company’s existing
water-related policies and practices are consistent with relevant internationally recognized standards and national/local regulations;
|
|
• |
The potential financial impact or risk to the
company associated with water-related concerns or issues; and |
|
• |
Recent, significant company controversies,
fines, or litigation regarding water use by the company and its suppliers. |
|
22 |
https://equator-principles.com/signatories-epfis-reporting/ |
|
|
|
B-71 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The level of disclosure of company policies
and procedures relating to data security, privacy, freedom of speech, information access and management, and Internet censorship; |
|
• |
Engagement in dialogue with governments or
relevant groups with respect to data security, privacy, or the free flow of information on the Internet; |
|
• |
The scope of business involvement and of investment
in countries whose governments censor or monitor the Internet and other telecommunications; |
|
• |
Applicable market-specific laws or regulations
that may be imposed on the company; and |
|
• |
Controversies, fines, or litigation related to
data security, privacy, freedom of speech, or Internet censorship. |
|
|
|
B-72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Generally vote for proposals requesting a report
on company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies. |
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals to implement human
rights standards and workplace codes of conduct. |
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals calling for
the implementation and reporting on ILO codes of conduct, SA 8000 Standards, or human rights due diligence standards. |
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals that call for
the adoption and/or enforcement of principles or codes relating to countries in which there are systematic violations of human rights.
|
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals that call for
independent monitoring programs in conjunction with local and respected religious and human rights groups to monitor supplier and licensee
compliance with codes. |
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals that seek publication
of a “Code of Conduct” to the company’s domestic and international suppliers and licensees, requiring they satisfy all
applicable standards and laws protecting employees’ wages, benefits, working conditions, freedom of association, and other rights.
|
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals seeking reports
on, or the adoption of, vendor standards including: reporting on incentives to encourage suppliers to raise standards rather than terminate
contracts and providing public disclosure of contract supplier reviews on a regular basis. |
|
• |
Vote for shareholder proposals to adopt labor
standards for foreign and domestic suppliers to ensure that the company will not do business with any suppliers that manufacture products
for sale using forced labor, child labor, or that fail to comply with applicable laws protecting employee’s wages and working conditions.
|
|
• |
Vote for proposals requesting that a company
conduct an assessment of the human rights risks in its operations or in its supply chain, or report on its human rights risk assessment
process. |
|
• |
The company’s current policies and practices
related to the use of mandatory arbitration agreements on workplace claims; |
|
• |
Whether the company has been the subject of
recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to the use of mandatory arbitration agreements on workplace claims; and
|
|
• |
The company’s disclosure of its policies
and practices related to the use of mandatory arbitration agreements compared to its peers. |
|
|
|
B-73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Alignment of current disclosure of applicable
company policies, metrics, risk assessment report(s) and risk management procedures with any relevant, broadly accepted reporting frameworks;
|
|
• |
The of regulatory non-compliance, litigation,
remediation, or reputational loss that may be associated with failure to manage the company’s operations in question, including
the management of relevant community and stakeholder impact relations; |
|
• |
The nature, purpose, and scope of the company’s
operations in the specific region(s); |
|
• |
The degree to which company policies and procedures
are consistent with industry norms; and |
|
• |
The scope of the resolution. |
|
• |
The nature, purpose, and scope of the operations
and business involved that could be affected by social or political disruption; |
|
• |
Current disclosure of applicable risk assessment(s)
and risk management procedures; |
|
• |
Compliance with U.S. sanctions and laws; |
|
• |
Consideration of other international policies,
standards, and laws; and |
|
• |
Whether the company has been recently involved
in recent, significant controversies, fines or litigation related to its operations in “high-risk” markets. |
|
|
|
B-74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Controversies surrounding operations in the relevant
market(s); |
|
• |
The value of the requested report to shareholders;
|
|
• |
The company’s current level of disclosure
of relevant information on outsourcing and plant closure procedures; and |
|
• |
The company’s existing human rights standards
relative to industry peers. |
|
• |
The company’s current policies, practices,
oversight mechanisms related to preventing workplace sexual harassment; |
|
• |
Whether the company has been the subject of
recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to workplace sexual harassment issues; and |
|
• |
The company’s disclosure regarding workplace
sexual harassment policies or initiatives compared to its industry peers. |
|
• |
The company’s current disclosure of relevant
lobbying policies, and management and board oversight; |
|
• |
The company’s disclosure regarding trade
associations or other groups that it supports, or is a member of, that engage in lobbying activities; and |
|
• |
Recent significant controversies, fines, or litigation
regarding the company’s lobbying-related activities. |
|
|
|
B-75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
The company’s policies, and management
and board oversight related to its direct political contributions and payments to trade associations or other groups that may be used
for political purposes; |
|
• |
The company’s disclosure regarding its
support of, and participation in, trade associations or other groups that may make political contributions; and |
|
• |
Recent significant controversies, fines, or
litigation related to the company’s political contributions or political activities. |
|
• |
There are no recent, significant controversies,
fines, or litigation regarding the company’s political contributions or trade association spending; and |
|
• |
The company has procedures in place to ensure
that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and prohibit coercion. |
|
• |
The company’s policies, management, board
oversight, governance processes, and level of disclosure related to direct political contributions, lobbying activities, and payments
to trade associations, political action committees, or other groups that may be used for political purposes; |
|
• |
The company’s disclosure regarding: the
reasons for its support of candidates for public offices; the reasons for support of and participation in trade associations or other
groups that may make political contributions; and other political activities; |
|
• |
Any incongruencies identified between a company’s
direct and indirect political expenditures and its publicly stated values and priorities; |
|
• |
Recent significant controversies related to
the company’s direct and indirect lobbying, political contributions, or political activities. |
|
|
|
B-76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. |
Mutual Fund Proxies |
|
• |
Past performance as a closed-end fund; |
|
• |
Market in which the fund invests; |
|
• |
Measures taken by the board to address the discount;
and |
|
• |
Past shareholder activism, board activity, and
votes on related proposals. |
|
• |
Past performance relative to its peers; |
|
• |
Market in which fund invests; |
|
• |
Measures taken by the board to address the issues;
|
|
• |
Past shareholder activism, board activity, and
votes on related proposals; |
|
• |
Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;
|
|
• |
Independence of directors; |
|
• |
Experience and skills of director candidates;
|
|
• |
Governance profile of the company; |
|
• |
Evidence of management entrenchment. |
|
• |
Proposed and current fee schedules; |
|
• |
Fund category/investment objective; |
|
• |
Performance benchmarks; |
|
• |
Share price performance as compared with peers;
|
|
|
|
B-77 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Resulting fees relative to peers; |
|
• |
Assignments (where the advisor undergoes a change
of control). |
|
• |
Stated specific financing purpose; |
|
• |
Possible dilution for common shares; |
|
• |
Whether the shares can be used for antitakeover
purposes. |
|
• |
Potential competitiveness; |
|
• |
Regulatory developments; |
|
• |
Current and potential returns; and |
|
• |
Current and potential risk. |
|
• |
The fund’s target investments; |
|
• |
The reasons given by the fund for the change;
and |
|
• |
The projected impact of the change on the portfolio.
|
|
• |
Political/economic changes in the target market;
|
|
• |
Consolidation in the target market; and |
|
• |
Current asset composition. |
|
|
|
B-78 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Potential competitiveness; |
|
• |
Current and potential returns; |
|
• |
Risk of concentration; |
|
• |
Consolidation in target industry. |
|
• |
The proposal to allow share issuances below
NAV has an expiration date no more than one year from the date shareholders approve the underlying proposal, as required under the Investment
Company Act of 1940; |
|
• |
The sale is deemed to be in the best interests
of shareholders by (1) a majority of the company’s independent directors and (2) a majority of the company’s directors who
have no financial interest in the issuance; and |
|
• |
The company has demonstrated responsible past
use of share issuances by either: |
|
• |
Outperforming peers in its 8-digit GICS group
as measured by one- and three-year median TSRs; or |
|
• |
Providing disclosure that its past share issuances
were priced at levels that resulted in only small or moderate discounts to NAV and economic dilution to existing non-participating shareholders.
|
|
• |
Strategies employed to salvage the company; |
|
• |
The fund’s past performance; |
|
• |
The terms of the liquidation. |
|
• |
The degree of change implied by the proposal;
|
|
• |
The efficiencies that could result; |
|
• |
The state of incorporation; |
|
• |
Regulatory standards and implications. |
|
• |
Removal of shareholder approval requirement to
reorganize or terminate the trust or any of its series; |
|
• |
Removal of shareholder approval requirement for
amendments to the new declaration of trust; |
|
|
|
B-79 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Removal of shareholder approval requirement
to amend the fund’s management contract, allowing the contract to be modified by the investment manager and the trust management,
as permitted by the 1940 Act; |
|
• |
Allow the trustees to impose other fees in
addition to sales charges on investment in a fund, such as deferred sales charges and redemption fees that may be imposed upon redemption
of a fund’s shares; |
|
• |
Removal of shareholder approval requirement to
engage in and terminate subadvisory arrangements; |
|
• |
Removal of shareholder approval requirement to
change the domicile of the fund. |
|
• |
Regulations of both states; |
|
• |
Required fundamental policies of both states;
|
|
• |
The increased flexibility available. |
|
• |
Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar
objectives; |
|
• |
The proposed distributor’s reputation and
past performance; |
|
• |
The competitiveness of the fund in the industry;
|
|
• |
The terms of the agreement. |
|
• |
Resulting fee structure; |
|
• |
Performance of both funds; |
|
• |
Continuity of management personnel; |
|
• |
Changes in corporate governance and their impact
on shareholder rights. |
|
|
|
B-80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2026
GLENMEDE – SUSTAINABILITY PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES |
|
|
![]() |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Performance of the fund’s Net Asset Value
(NAV); |
|
• |
The fund’s history of shareholder relations;
and |
|
• |
The performance of other funds under the advisor’s
management. |
|
8. |
Foreign Private Issuers Listed on U.S. Exchanges
|
|
|
|
B-81 |
|
|
THE GLENMEDE FUND, INC.
PART C. OTHER INFORMATION
Item 28. Exhibits
| Item 29. | Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant |
Registrant is not controlled by or under common control with any person. Registrant is controlled by its Board of Directors.
| Item 30. | Indemnification |
Reference is made to Article Ten of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a)(1). Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
| Item 31. | Business and Other Connections of Investment Advisor |
Glenmede Investment Management LP
Information concerning the investment adviser, Glenmede Investment Management, LP (the “Advisor”), and its directors, partners, and officers, including information regarding any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature in which the Advisor or such persons have been engaged during the past two fiscal years, is set forth in the Advisor’s Form ADV (File No. 801-57826), as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and is incorporated herein by reference.
| Item 32. | Principal Underwriters |
(a) Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”) serves as principal underwriter for the following investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended:
| 1. | Abacus FCF ETF Trust | |
| 2. | Advisor Managed Portfolios | |
| 3. | Antares Private Credit Fund | |
| 4. | Capital Advisors Growth Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 5. | Chase Growth Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 6. | Davidson Multi-Cap Equity Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 7. | Edgar Lomax Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 8. | Huber Large Cap Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 9. | Huber Mid Cap Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 10. | Huber Select Large Cap Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 11. | Huber Small Cap Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 12. | Logan Capital Broad Innovative Growth ETF, Series of Advisors Series Trust |
| 13. | Medalist Partners MBS Total Return Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 14. | Medalist Partners Short Duration Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 15. | O'Shaughnessy Market Leaders Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 16. | PIA BBB Bond Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 17. | PIA High Yield (MACS) Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 18. | PIA High Yield Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 19. | PIA MBS Bond Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 20. | PIA Short-Term Securities Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 21. | Poplar Forest Cornerstone Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 22. | Poplar Forest Partners Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 23. | Pzena Emerging Markets Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 24. | Pzena International Small Cap Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 25. | Pzena International Value ETF, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 26. | Pzena International Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 27. | Pzena Mid Cap Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 28. | Pzena Small Cap Value Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 29. | Pzena U.S. Large Cap Value ETF, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 30. | Vox Populi ETF, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 31. | Scharf ETF, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 32. | Scharf Global Opportunity ETF, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 33. | Scharf Multi-Asset Opportunity Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 34. | Shenkman Capital Floating Rate High Income Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 35. | Shenkman Capital Short Duration High Income Fund, Series of Advisors Series Trust | |
| 36. | The Aegis Funds | |
| 37. | Allied Asset Advisors Funds | |
| 38. | Angel Oak Funds Trust | |
| 39. | Angel Oak Strategic Credit Fund | |
| 40. | Brookfield Infrastructure Income Fund Inc. | |
| 41. | Brookfield Investment Funds | |
| 42. | Buffalo Funds | |
| 43. | RJ Eagle GCM Dividend Select Income ETF, Series of Carillon Series Trust | |
| 44. | RJ Eagle Municipal Income ETF, Series of Carillon Series Trust | |
| 45. | RJ Eagle Vertical Income ETF, Series of Carillon Series Trust | |
| 46. | DoubleLine Funds Trust | |
| 47. | AAM Brentview Dividend Growth ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 48. | AAM Crescent CLO ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 49. | AAM Low Duration Preferred and Income Securities ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 50. | AAM S&P 500 High Dividend Value ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 51. | AAM Sawgrass U.S. Large Cap Quality Growth ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 52. | AAM Sawgrass U.S. Small Cap Quality Growth ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 53. | AAM SLC Low Duration Income ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 54. | AAM Todd International Intrinsic Value ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 55. | AAM Transformers ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 56. | Acquirers Small and Micro Deep Value ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 57. | Aptus April Buffer, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 58. | Aptus April Deep Buffer ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 59. | Aptus Collared Investment Opportunity ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 60. | Aptus Deferred Income ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 61. | Aptus Defined Risk ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 62. | Aptus Drawdown Managed Equity ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 63. | Aptus Enhanced Yield ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 64. | Aptus International Enhanced Yield ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 65. | Aptus January Buffer ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 66. | Aptus January Deep Buffer ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 67. | Aptus July Buffer ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 68. | Aptus July Deep Buffer ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions |
| 69. | Aptus Laddered Buffer ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 70. | Aptus Laddered Deep Buffer ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 71. | Aptus Large Cap Enhanced Yield ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 72. | Aptus Large Cap Upside ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 73. | Aptus October Buffer ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 74. | Aptus October Deep Buffer ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 75. | Bahl & Gaynor Dividend ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 76. | Bahl & Gaynor Income Growth ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 77. | Bahl & Gaynor Small Cap Dividend ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 78. | Bahl & Gaynor Small/Mid Cap Income Growth ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 79. | BTD Capital Fund, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 80. | Carbon Strategy ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 81. | ClearShares OCIO ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 82. | ClearShares Piton Intermediate Fixed Income Fund, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 83. | ClearShares Ultra-Short Maturity ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 84. | Colterpoint Net Lease Real Estate ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 85. | ETFB Green SRI REITs ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 86. | Hoya Capital High Dividend Yield ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 87. | Hoya Capital Housing ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 88. | LHA Market State Tactical Beta ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 89. | LHA Market State Tactical Q ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 90. | LHA Risk-Managed Income ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 91. | McElhenny Sheffield Managed Risk ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 92. | Opus Small Cap Value ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 93. | The Acquirers Fund, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 94. | The Brinsmere Fund - Conservative ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 95. | The Brinsmere Fund - Growth ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 96. | U.S. Global GO GOLD and Precious Metal Miners ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 97. | U.S. Global JETS ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 98. | U.S. Global Sea to Sky Cargo ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 99. | U.S. Global Technology and Aerospace & Defense ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 100. | US Vegan Climate ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions | |
| 101. | First American Funds Trust | |
| 102. | First Eagle ETF Trust | |
| 103. | FundX Investment Trust | |
| 104. | The Glenmede Fund, Inc. | |
| 105. | The GoodHaven Funds Trust | |
| 106. | Harding, Loevner Funds, Inc. | |
| 107. | Hennessy Funds Trust | |
| 108. | Horizon Funds | |
| 109. | Hotchkis & Wiley Funds | |
| 110. | Intrepid Capital Management Funds Trust | |
| 111. | Jacob Funds Inc. | |
| 112. | The Jensen Quality Growth Fund Inc. | |
| 113. | Kirr, Marbach Partners Funds, Inc. | |
| 114. | LibreMax Asset-Backed Income Fund | |
| 115. | Core Alternative ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust | |
| 116. | Optimized Equity Income ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust | |
| 117. | Wahed Dow Jones Islamic World ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust | |
| 118. | Wahed FTSE USA Shariah ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust | |
| 119. | LKCM Funds | |
| 120. | LoCorr Investment Trust | |
| 121. | MainGate Trust | |
| 122. | ATAC Rotation Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 123. | Cove Street Capital Small Cap Value Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 124. | Kensington Active Advantage Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series |
| 125. | Kensington Defender Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 126. | Kensington Dynamic Allocation Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 127. | Kensington Hedged Premium Income ETF, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 128. | Kensington Managed Income Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 129. | LK Balanced Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 130. | Leuthold Core ETF, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 131. | Leuthold Core Investment Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 132. | Leuthold Global Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 133. | Leuthold Grizzly Short Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 134. | Leuthold Select Industries ETF, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 135. | Muhlenkamp Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 136. | Nuance Concentrated Value Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 137. | Nuance Mid Cap Value Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 138. | Olstein All Cap Value Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 139. | Olstein Strategic Opportunities Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 140. | Port Street Quality Growth Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 141. | Reinhart Genesis PMV Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 142. | Reinhart International PMV Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 143. | Reinhart Mid Cap PMV Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 144. | Tremblant Global ETF, Series of Managed Portfolio Series | |
| 145. | Greenspring Income Opportunities Fund, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios | |
| 146. | Hood River Emerging Markets Fund, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios | |
| 147. | Hood River International Opportunity Fund, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios | |
| 148. | Hood River New Opportunities Fund, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios | |
| 149. | Hood River Small-Cap Growth Fund, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios | |
| 150. | SanJac Alpha Core Plus Bond ETF, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios | |
| 151. | SanJac Alpha Low Duration ETF, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios | |
| 152. | SWP Growth & Income ETF, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios | |
| 153. | Vert Global Sustainable Real Estate ETF, Series of Manager Directed Portfolios | |
| 154. | Mason Capital Fund Trust | |
| 155. | Matrix Advisors Funds Trust | |
| 156. | Monetta Trust | |
| 157. | Nicholas Equity Income Fund, Inc. | |
| 158. | Nicholas Fund, Inc. | |
| 159. | Nicholas II, Inc. | |
| 160. | Nicholas Limited Edition, Inc. | |
| 161. | Oaktree Asset-Backed Income Fund Inc. | |
| 162. | Oaktree Diversified Income Fund Inc. | |
| 163. | Permanent Portfolio Family of Funds | |
| 164. | Procure ETF Trust II | |
| 165. | Professionally Managed Portfolios | |
| 166. | Provident Mutual Funds, Inc. | |
| 167. | Abbey Capital Futures Strategy Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 168. | Abbey Capital Multi-Asset Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 169. | Adara Smaller Companies Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 170. | Aquarius International Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 171. | Boston Partners All Cap Value Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 172. | Boston Partners Global Equity Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 173. | Boston Partners Long/Short Equity Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 174. | Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 175. | Boston Partners Small Cap Value Fund II, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 176. | Campbell Systematic Macro Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 177. | F/m 10-Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 178. | F/m 2-Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 179. | F/m 3-Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 180. | F/m Callable Tax-Free Municipal ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. |
| 181. | F/m Compoundr High Yield Bond ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 182. | F/m Compoundr U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 183. | F/m Emerald Life Sciences Innovation ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 184. | F/m Emerald Special Situations ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 185. | F/m High Yield 100 ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 186. | F/m Investments Large Cap Focused Fund Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 187. | F/m Opportunistic Income ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 188. | F/m Ultrashort Treasury Inflation-Protected Security (TIPS) ETF Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 189. | F/m US Treasury 10 Year Note ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 190. | F/m US Treasury 12 Month Bill ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 191. | F/m US Treasury 2 Year Note ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 192. | F/m US Treasury 20 Year Bond ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 193. | F/m US Treasury 3 Month Bill ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 194. | F/m US Treasury 3 Year Note ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 195. | F/m US Treasury 30 Year Bond ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 196. | F/m US Treasury 5 Year Note ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 197. | F/m US Treasury 6 Month Bill ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 198. | F/m US Treasury 7 Year Note ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 199. | Motley Fool 100 Index ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 200. | Motley Fool Capital Efficiency 100 Index ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 201. | Motley Fool Global Opportunities ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 202. | Motley Fool Innovative Growth Factor ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 203. | Motley Fool Mid-Cap Growth ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 204. | Motley Fool Momentum Factor ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 205. | Motley Fool Next Index ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 206. | Motley Fool Small-Cap Growth ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 207. | Motley Fool Value Factor ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 208. | MUFG Japan Small Cap Active ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 209. | Oakhurst Fixed Income Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 210. | SGI Dynamic Tactical ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 211. | SGI Enhanced Core ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 212. | SGI Enhanced Global Income ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 213. | SGI Enhanced Market Leaders ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 214. | SGI Global Equity Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 215. | SGI Peak Growth Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 216. | SGI Prudent Growth Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 217. | SGI Small Cap Core Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 218. | SGI U.S. Large Cap Core ETF, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 219. | SGI U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 220. | WPG Partners Select Small Cap Value Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 221. | WPG Partners Small Cap Value Diversified Fund, Series of The RBB Fund, Inc. | |
| 222. | The RBB Fund Trust | |
| 223. | RBC Funds Trust | |
| 224. | Rockefeller Municipal Opportunities Fund | |
| 225. | SEG Partners Long/Short Equity Fund | |
| 226. | Series Portfolios Trust | |
| 227. | Thompson IM Funds, Inc. | |
| 228. | Tortoise Capital Series Trust | |
| 229. | Bright Rock Mid Cap Growth Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers | |
| 230. | Bright Rock Quality Large Cap Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers | |
| 231. | CrossingBridge Low Duration High Income Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers | |
| 232. | CrossingBridge Nordic High Income Bond Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers | |
| 233. | CrossingBridge Responsible Credit Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers | |
| 234. | CrossingBridge Ultra-Short Duration Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers | |
| 235. | RiverPark Strategic Income Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers | |
| 236. | Dearborn Partners Rising Dividend Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers |
| 237. | Jensen Global Quality Growth Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers | |
| 238. | Jensen Quality MidCap Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers | |
| 239. | Rockefeller Climate Solutions Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers | |
| 240. | Rockefeller US Small Cap Core Fund, Series of Trust for Professional Managers | |
| 241. | Wall Street EWM Funds Trust |
(b) The following are the Officers and Manager of the Distributor, the Registrant’s underwriter. The Distributor’s main business address is 190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, Maine 04101.
| Name | Address | Position with Underwriter | Position with Registrant |
| Teresa Cowan |
190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland,
|
President/Manager | None |
| Chris Lanza |
190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland,
|
Vice President
|
None |
|
Kate Macchia
|
190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland,
|
Vice President | None |
| Susan L. LaFond |
190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland,
|
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer and Treasurer |
None |
| Gabriel E. Edelman |
190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland,
|
Secretary | None |
| Weston Sommers | 190 Middle Street, Suite
301, Portland, ME 04101 |
Financial and Operations Principal and Chief Financial Officer |
None |
(c) Not applicable.
| Item 33. | Location of Accounts and Records |
All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act, and the Rules thereunder will be maintained at the offices of:
(1) Glenmede Investment Management LP
One Liberty Place 1650 Market Street, Suite 4000
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103
(records relating to its functions as investment advisor)
(2) State Street Bank and Trust Company
1 Congress Street, Suite 1
Boston, MA 02114
(records relating to its functions as custodian, administrator, transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent, securities lending agent and short sales lending agent)
(3) Quasar Distributors, LLC
190 Middle Street, Suite 301,
Portland, ME 04101
(records relating to its functions as distributor)
(4) Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
One Logan Square Suite 2000
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996
(Registrant’s minute books)
| Item 34. | Management Services |
Not applicable.
| Item 35. | Undertakings |
(a) Registrant undertakes to comply with the provisions of Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act in regard to shareholders’ right to call a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting on the removal of directors and to assist in shareholder communications in such matters, to the extent required by law. Specifically, the Registrant will, if requested to do so by the holders of at least 10% of the Registrant’s outstanding shares, call a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of the removal of directors, and the Registrant will assist in shareholder communications as required by Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act.
(b) Registrant undertakes to furnish to each person to whom a prospectus is delivered, a copy of Registrant’s latest annual report to shareholders, upon request and without charge.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 131 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Philadelphia, and Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on the 23rd day of September 2026.
THE GLENMEDE FUND, INC.
| By |
/s/ Elizabeth A. Eldridge |
|
| Elizabeth A. Eldridge President |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 131 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the day of September, 2026.
| Signature | Title | Date | ||
| * | ||||
| William L. Cobb, Jr. | Chairman | September 23, 2026 | ||
|
/s/ Elizabeth A. Eldridge |
||||
| Elizabeth A. Eldridge | President | September 23, 2026 | ||
| * | ||||
| H. Franklin Allen, Ph.D. | Director | September 23, 2026 | ||
| * | ||||
| Mary Ann B. Wirts | Director | September 23, 2026 | ||
| * | ||||
| Harry Wong | Director | September 23, 2026 | ||
| * | ||||
| Andrew Phillips | Director | September 23, 2026 | ||
| * | ||||
| Rebecca Duseau | Director | September 23, 2026 | ||
| * | ||||
| Roger Sayler | Director | September 23, 2026 | ||
|
/s/ Michael C. Addeo Michael C. Addeo |
||||
| Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer | September 23, 2026 | |||
| *By | /s/ Joshua M. Lindauer | |
| Joshua M. Lindauer, Attorney-in-fact |
Exhibit Index
ATTACHMENTS / EXHIBITS
ARTICLES SUPPLEMENTARY TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
FORM OF PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
CONSENT OF FAEGRE DRINKER BIDDLE & REATH LLP
CONSENT OF COHEN & COMPANY, LTD
CODE OF ETHICS OF TIDAL INVESTMENTS LLC
Serious News for Serious Traders! Try StreetInsider.com Premium Free!
You May Also Be Interested In
- XRP Price Prediction: Pepeto Pulls Early Buyers Even as 1,917 Whale Trades Push XRP Past $1.57
- Dean Clark Recognized Among the Best Realtors in Hoboken, NJ, With $800M+ Sold and 1,000+ Personal Sales
- MAX Power Mining Corp. (OTC: MAXXF) (CSE: MAXX) Developing First Verified Subsurface Natural Hydrogen System in Canada
Create E-mail Alert Related Categories
SEC FilingsSign up for StreetInsider Free!
Receive full access to all new and archived articles, unlimited portfolio tracking, e-mail alerts, custom newswires and RSS feeds - and more!



Tweet
Share
